xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp (revision 770cf0a5f02dc8983a89c6568d741fbc25baa999)
1 //===--- CGExprScalar.cpp - Emit LLVM Code for Scalar Exprs ---------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 // This contains code to emit Expr nodes with scalar LLVM types as LLVM code.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
14 #include "CGCleanup.h"
15 #include "CGDebugInfo.h"
16 #include "CGHLSLRuntime.h"
17 #include "CGObjCRuntime.h"
18 #include "CGOpenMPRuntime.h"
19 #include "CGRecordLayout.h"
20 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
21 #include "CodeGenModule.h"
22 #include "ConstantEmitter.h"
23 #include "TargetInfo.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ParentMapContext.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/CodeGenOptions.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
33 #include "llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h"
34 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
35 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
36 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
37 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
38 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
39 #include "llvm/IR/FixedPointBuilder.h"
40 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
41 #include "llvm/IR/GEPNoWrapFlags.h"
42 #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
43 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
44 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
45 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicsPowerPC.h"
46 #include "llvm/IR/MatrixBuilder.h"
47 #include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
48 #include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h"
49 #include <cstdarg>
50 #include <optional>
51 
52 using namespace clang;
53 using namespace CodeGen;
54 using llvm::Value;
55 
56 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
57 //                         Scalar Expression Emitter
58 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
59 
60 namespace llvm {
61 extern cl::opt<bool> EnableSingleByteCoverage;
62 } // namespace llvm
63 
64 namespace {
65 
66 /// Determine whether the given binary operation may overflow.
67 /// Sets \p Result to the value of the operation for BO_Add, BO_Sub, BO_Mul,
68 /// and signed BO_{Div,Rem}. For these opcodes, and for unsigned BO_{Div,Rem},
69 /// the returned overflow check is precise. The returned value is 'true' for
70 /// all other opcodes, to be conservative.
71 bool mayHaveIntegerOverflow(llvm::ConstantInt *LHS, llvm::ConstantInt *RHS,
72                              BinaryOperator::Opcode Opcode, bool Signed,
73                              llvm::APInt &Result) {
74   // Assume overflow is possible, unless we can prove otherwise.
75   bool Overflow = true;
76   const auto &LHSAP = LHS->getValue();
77   const auto &RHSAP = RHS->getValue();
78   if (Opcode == BO_Add) {
79     Result = Signed ? LHSAP.sadd_ov(RHSAP, Overflow)
80                     : LHSAP.uadd_ov(RHSAP, Overflow);
81   } else if (Opcode == BO_Sub) {
82     Result = Signed ? LHSAP.ssub_ov(RHSAP, Overflow)
83                     : LHSAP.usub_ov(RHSAP, Overflow);
84   } else if (Opcode == BO_Mul) {
85     Result = Signed ? LHSAP.smul_ov(RHSAP, Overflow)
86                     : LHSAP.umul_ov(RHSAP, Overflow);
87   } else if (Opcode == BO_Div || Opcode == BO_Rem) {
88     if (Signed && !RHS->isZero())
89       Result = LHSAP.sdiv_ov(RHSAP, Overflow);
90     else
91       return false;
92   }
93   return Overflow;
94 }
95 
96 struct BinOpInfo {
97   Value *LHS;
98   Value *RHS;
99   QualType Ty;  // Computation Type.
100   BinaryOperator::Opcode Opcode; // Opcode of BinOp to perform
101   FPOptions FPFeatures;
102   const Expr *E;      // Entire expr, for error unsupported.  May not be binop.
103 
104   /// Check if the binop can result in integer overflow.
105   bool mayHaveIntegerOverflow() const {
106     // Without constant input, we can't rule out overflow.
107     auto *LHSCI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(LHS);
108     auto *RHSCI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(RHS);
109     if (!LHSCI || !RHSCI)
110       return true;
111 
112     llvm::APInt Result;
113     return ::mayHaveIntegerOverflow(
114         LHSCI, RHSCI, Opcode, Ty->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(), Result);
115   }
116 
117   /// Check if the binop computes a division or a remainder.
118   bool isDivremOp() const {
119     return Opcode == BO_Div || Opcode == BO_Rem || Opcode == BO_DivAssign ||
120            Opcode == BO_RemAssign;
121   }
122 
123   /// Check if the binop can result in an integer division by zero.
124   bool mayHaveIntegerDivisionByZero() const {
125     if (isDivremOp())
126       if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(RHS))
127         return CI->isZero();
128     return true;
129   }
130 
131   /// Check if the binop can result in a float division by zero.
132   bool mayHaveFloatDivisionByZero() const {
133     if (isDivremOp())
134       if (auto *CFP = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantFP>(RHS))
135         return CFP->isZero();
136     return true;
137   }
138 
139   /// Check if at least one operand is a fixed point type. In such cases, this
140   /// operation did not follow usual arithmetic conversion and both operands
141   /// might not be of the same type.
142   bool isFixedPointOp() const {
143     // We cannot simply check the result type since comparison operations return
144     // an int.
145     if (const auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
146       QualType LHSType = BinOp->getLHS()->getType();
147       QualType RHSType = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
148       return LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType();
149     }
150     if (const auto *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
151       return UnOp->getSubExpr()->getType()->isFixedPointType();
152     return false;
153   }
154 
155   /// Check if the RHS has a signed integer representation.
156   bool rhsHasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const {
157     if (const auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
158       QualType RHSType = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
159       return RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
160     }
161     return false;
162   }
163 };
164 
165 static bool MustVisitNullValue(const Expr *E) {
166   // If a null pointer expression's type is the C++0x nullptr_t, then
167   // it's not necessarily a simple constant and it must be evaluated
168   // for its potential side effects.
169   return E->getType()->isNullPtrType();
170 }
171 
172 /// If \p E is a widened promoted integer, get its base (unpromoted) type.
173 static std::optional<QualType> getUnwidenedIntegerType(const ASTContext &Ctx,
174                                                        const Expr *E) {
175   const Expr *Base = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
176   if (E == Base)
177     return std::nullopt;
178 
179   QualType BaseTy = Base->getType();
180   if (!Ctx.isPromotableIntegerType(BaseTy) ||
181       Ctx.getTypeSize(BaseTy) >= Ctx.getTypeSize(E->getType()))
182     return std::nullopt;
183 
184   return BaseTy;
185 }
186 
187 /// Check if \p E is a widened promoted integer.
188 static bool IsWidenedIntegerOp(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E) {
189   return getUnwidenedIntegerType(Ctx, E).has_value();
190 }
191 
192 /// Check if we can skip the overflow check for \p Op.
193 static bool CanElideOverflowCheck(const ASTContext &Ctx, const BinOpInfo &Op) {
194   assert((isa<UnaryOperator>(Op.E) || isa<BinaryOperator>(Op.E)) &&
195          "Expected a unary or binary operator");
196 
197   // If the binop has constant inputs and we can prove there is no overflow,
198   // we can elide the overflow check.
199   if (!Op.mayHaveIntegerOverflow())
200     return true;
201 
202   if (Op.Ty->isSignedIntegerType() &&
203       Ctx.isTypeIgnoredBySanitizer(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow,
204                                    Op.Ty)) {
205     return true;
206   }
207 
208   if (Op.Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
209       Ctx.isTypeIgnoredBySanitizer(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow,
210                                    Op.Ty)) {
211     return true;
212   }
213 
214   const UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Op.E);
215 
216   if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus &&
217       Ctx.getLangOpts().isOverflowPatternExcluded(
218           LangOptions::OverflowPatternExclusionKind::NegUnsignedConst) &&
219       UO->isIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))
220     return true;
221 
222   // If a unary op has a widened operand, the op cannot overflow.
223   if (UO)
224     return !UO->canOverflow();
225 
226   // We usually don't need overflow checks for binops with widened operands.
227   // Multiplication with promoted unsigned operands is a special case.
228   const auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Op.E);
229   if (BO->hasExcludedOverflowPattern())
230     return true;
231 
232   auto OptionalLHSTy = getUnwidenedIntegerType(Ctx, BO->getLHS());
233   if (!OptionalLHSTy)
234     return false;
235 
236   auto OptionalRHSTy = getUnwidenedIntegerType(Ctx, BO->getRHS());
237   if (!OptionalRHSTy)
238     return false;
239 
240   QualType LHSTy = *OptionalLHSTy;
241   QualType RHSTy = *OptionalRHSTy;
242 
243   // This is the simple case: binops without unsigned multiplication, and with
244   // widened operands. No overflow check is needed here.
245   if ((Op.Opcode != BO_Mul && Op.Opcode != BO_MulAssign) ||
246       !LHSTy->isUnsignedIntegerType() || !RHSTy->isUnsignedIntegerType())
247     return true;
248 
249   // For unsigned multiplication the overflow check can be elided if either one
250   // of the unpromoted types are less than half the size of the promoted type.
251   unsigned PromotedSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Op.E->getType());
252   return (2 * Ctx.getTypeSize(LHSTy)) < PromotedSize ||
253          (2 * Ctx.getTypeSize(RHSTy)) < PromotedSize;
254 }
255 
256 class ScalarExprEmitter
257   : public StmtVisitor<ScalarExprEmitter, Value*> {
258   CodeGenFunction &CGF;
259   CGBuilderTy &Builder;
260   bool IgnoreResultAssign;
261   llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext;
262 public:
263 
264   ScalarExprEmitter(CodeGenFunction &cgf, bool ira=false)
265     : CGF(cgf), Builder(CGF.Builder), IgnoreResultAssign(ira),
266       VMContext(cgf.getLLVMContext()) {
267   }
268 
269   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
270   //                               Utilities
271   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
272 
273   bool TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign() {
274     bool I = IgnoreResultAssign;
275     IgnoreResultAssign = false;
276     return I;
277   }
278 
279   llvm::Type *ConvertType(QualType T) { return CGF.ConvertType(T); }
280   LValue EmitLValue(const Expr *E) { return CGF.EmitLValue(E); }
281   LValue EmitCheckedLValue(const Expr *E, CodeGenFunction::TypeCheckKind TCK) {
282     return CGF.EmitCheckedLValue(E, TCK);
283   }
284 
285   void EmitBinOpCheck(
286       ArrayRef<std::pair<Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>> Checks,
287       const BinOpInfo &Info);
288 
289   Value *EmitLoadOfLValue(LValue LV, SourceLocation Loc) {
290     return CGF.EmitLoadOfLValue(LV, Loc).getScalarVal();
291   }
292 
293   void EmitLValueAlignmentAssumption(const Expr *E, Value *V) {
294     const AlignValueAttr *AVAttr = nullptr;
295     if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
296       const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
297 
298       if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
299         if (const auto *TTy =
300                 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
301           AVAttr = TTy->getDecl()->getAttr<AlignValueAttr>();
302       } else {
303         // Assumptions for function parameters are emitted at the start of the
304         // function, so there is no need to repeat that here,
305         // unless the alignment-assumption sanitizer is enabled,
306         // then we prefer the assumption over alignment attribute
307         // on IR function param.
308         if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && !CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Alignment))
309           return;
310 
311         AVAttr = VD->getAttr<AlignValueAttr>();
312       }
313     }
314 
315     if (!AVAttr)
316       if (const auto *TTy = E->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
317         AVAttr = TTy->getDecl()->getAttr<AlignValueAttr>();
318 
319     if (!AVAttr)
320       return;
321 
322     Value *AlignmentValue = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(AVAttr->getAlignment());
323     llvm::ConstantInt *AlignmentCI = cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(AlignmentValue);
324     CGF.emitAlignmentAssumption(V, E, AVAttr->getLocation(), AlignmentCI);
325   }
326 
327   /// EmitLoadOfLValue - Given an expression with complex type that represents a
328   /// value l-value, this method emits the address of the l-value, then loads
329   /// and returns the result.
330   Value *EmitLoadOfLValue(const Expr *E) {
331     Value *V = EmitLoadOfLValue(EmitCheckedLValue(E, CodeGenFunction::TCK_Load),
332                                 E->getExprLoc());
333 
334     EmitLValueAlignmentAssumption(E, V);
335     return V;
336   }
337 
338   /// EmitConversionToBool - Convert the specified expression value to a
339   /// boolean (i1) truth value.  This is equivalent to "Val != 0".
340   Value *EmitConversionToBool(Value *Src, QualType DstTy);
341 
342   /// Emit a check that a conversion from a floating-point type does not
343   /// overflow.
344   void EmitFloatConversionCheck(Value *OrigSrc, QualType OrigSrcType,
345                                 Value *Src, QualType SrcType, QualType DstType,
346                                 llvm::Type *DstTy, SourceLocation Loc);
347 
348   /// Known implicit conversion check kinds.
349   /// This is used for bitfield conversion checks as well.
350   /// Keep in sync with the enum of the same name in ubsan_handlers.h
351   enum ImplicitConversionCheckKind : unsigned char {
352     ICCK_IntegerTruncation = 0, // Legacy, was only used by clang 7.
353     ICCK_UnsignedIntegerTruncation = 1,
354     ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncation = 2,
355     ICCK_IntegerSignChange = 3,
356     ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncationOrSignChange = 4,
357   };
358 
359   /// Emit a check that an [implicit] truncation of an integer  does not
360   /// discard any bits. It is not UB, so we use the value after truncation.
361   void EmitIntegerTruncationCheck(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, Value *Dst,
362                                   QualType DstType, SourceLocation Loc);
363 
364   /// Emit a check that an [implicit] conversion of an integer does not change
365   /// the sign of the value. It is not UB, so we use the value after conversion.
366   /// NOTE: Src and Dst may be the exact same value! (point to the same thing)
367   void EmitIntegerSignChangeCheck(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, Value *Dst,
368                                   QualType DstType, SourceLocation Loc);
369 
370   /// Emit a conversion from the specified type to the specified destination
371   /// type, both of which are LLVM scalar types.
372   struct ScalarConversionOpts {
373     bool TreatBooleanAsSigned;
374     bool EmitImplicitIntegerTruncationChecks;
375     bool EmitImplicitIntegerSignChangeChecks;
376 
377     ScalarConversionOpts()
378         : TreatBooleanAsSigned(false),
379           EmitImplicitIntegerTruncationChecks(false),
380           EmitImplicitIntegerSignChangeChecks(false) {}
381 
382     ScalarConversionOpts(clang::SanitizerSet SanOpts)
383         : TreatBooleanAsSigned(false),
384           EmitImplicitIntegerTruncationChecks(
385               SanOpts.hasOneOf(SanitizerKind::ImplicitIntegerTruncation)),
386           EmitImplicitIntegerSignChangeChecks(
387               SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ImplicitIntegerSignChange)) {}
388   };
389   Value *EmitScalarCast(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, QualType DstType,
390                         llvm::Type *SrcTy, llvm::Type *DstTy,
391                         ScalarConversionOpts Opts);
392   Value *
393   EmitScalarConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcTy, QualType DstTy,
394                        SourceLocation Loc,
395                        ScalarConversionOpts Opts = ScalarConversionOpts());
396 
397   /// Convert between either a fixed point and other fixed point or fixed point
398   /// and an integer.
399   Value *EmitFixedPointConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcTy, QualType DstTy,
400                                   SourceLocation Loc);
401 
402   /// Emit a conversion from the specified complex type to the specified
403   /// destination type, where the destination type is an LLVM scalar type.
404   Value *EmitComplexToScalarConversion(CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy Src,
405                                        QualType SrcTy, QualType DstTy,
406                                        SourceLocation Loc);
407 
408   /// EmitNullValue - Emit a value that corresponds to null for the given type.
409   Value *EmitNullValue(QualType Ty);
410 
411   /// EmitFloatToBoolConversion - Perform an FP to boolean conversion.
412   Value *EmitFloatToBoolConversion(Value *V) {
413     // Compare against 0.0 for fp scalars.
414     llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(V->getType());
415     return Builder.CreateFCmpUNE(V, Zero, "tobool");
416   }
417 
418   /// EmitPointerToBoolConversion - Perform a pointer to boolean conversion.
419   Value *EmitPointerToBoolConversion(Value *V, QualType QT) {
420     Value *Zero = CGF.CGM.getNullPointer(cast<llvm::PointerType>(V->getType()), QT);
421 
422     return Builder.CreateICmpNE(V, Zero, "tobool");
423   }
424 
425   Value *EmitIntToBoolConversion(Value *V) {
426     // Because of the type rules of C, we often end up computing a
427     // logical value, then zero extending it to int, then wanting it
428     // as a logical value again.  Optimize this common case.
429     if (llvm::ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<llvm::ZExtInst>(V)) {
430       if (ZI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Builder.getInt1Ty()) {
431         Value *Result = ZI->getOperand(0);
432         // If there aren't any more uses, zap the instruction to save space.
433         // Note that there can be more uses, for example if this
434         // is the result of an assignment.
435         if (ZI->use_empty())
436           ZI->eraseFromParent();
437         return Result;
438       }
439     }
440 
441     return Builder.CreateIsNotNull(V, "tobool");
442   }
443 
444   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
445   //                            Visitor Methods
446   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
447 
448   Value *Visit(Expr *E) {
449     ApplyDebugLocation DL(CGF, E);
450     return StmtVisitor<ScalarExprEmitter, Value*>::Visit(E);
451   }
452 
453   Value *VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
454     S->dump(llvm::errs(), CGF.getContext());
455     llvm_unreachable("Stmt can't have complex result type!");
456   }
457   Value *VisitExpr(Expr *S);
458 
459   Value *VisitConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) {
460     // A constant expression of type 'void' generates no code and produces no
461     // value.
462     if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
463       return nullptr;
464 
465     if (Value *Result = ConstantEmitter(CGF).tryEmitConstantExpr(E)) {
466       if (E->isGLValue())
467         return CGF.EmitLoadOfScalar(
468             Address(Result, CGF.convertTypeForLoadStore(E->getType()),
469                     CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(E->getType())),
470             /*Volatile*/ false, E->getType(), E->getExprLoc());
471       return Result;
472     }
473     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
474   }
475   Value *VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *PE) {
476     return Visit(PE->getSubExpr());
477   }
478   Value *VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E) {
479     return Visit(E->getReplacement());
480   }
481   Value *VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *GE) {
482     return Visit(GE->getResultExpr());
483   }
484   Value *VisitCoawaitExpr(CoawaitExpr *S) {
485     return CGF.EmitCoawaitExpr(*S).getScalarVal();
486   }
487   Value *VisitCoyieldExpr(CoyieldExpr *S) {
488     return CGF.EmitCoyieldExpr(*S).getScalarVal();
489   }
490   Value *VisitUnaryCoawait(const UnaryOperator *E) {
491     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
492   }
493 
494   // Leaves.
495   Value *VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E) {
496     return Builder.getInt(E->getValue());
497   }
498   Value *VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E) {
499     return Builder.getInt(E->getValue());
500   }
501   Value *VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E) {
502     return llvm::ConstantFP::get(VMContext, E->getValue());
503   }
504   Value *VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E) {
505     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()), E->getValue());
506   }
507   Value *VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
508     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()), E->getValue());
509   }
510   Value *VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
511     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()), E->getValue());
512   }
513   Value *VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
514     if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
515       return nullptr;
516 
517     return EmitNullValue(E->getType());
518   }
519   Value *VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E) {
520     return EmitNullValue(E->getType());
521   }
522   Value *VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E);
523   Value *VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
524   Value *VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E) {
525     llvm::Value *V = CGF.GetAddrOfLabel(E->getLabel());
526     return Builder.CreateBitCast(V, ConvertType(E->getType()));
527   }
528 
529   Value *VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
530     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()),E->getPackLength());
531   }
532 
533   Value *VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
534     return CGF.EmitPseudoObjectRValue(E).getScalarVal();
535   }
536 
537   Value *VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E);
538   Value *VisitEmbedExpr(EmbedExpr *E);
539 
540   Value *VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
541     if (E->isGLValue())
542       return EmitLoadOfLValue(CGF.getOrCreateOpaqueLValueMapping(E),
543                               E->getExprLoc());
544 
545     // Otherwise, assume the mapping is the scalar directly.
546     return CGF.getOrCreateOpaqueRValueMapping(E).getScalarVal();
547   }
548 
549   Value *VisitOpenACCAsteriskSizeExpr(OpenACCAsteriskSizeExpr *E) {
550     llvm_unreachable("Codegen for this isn't defined/implemented");
551   }
552 
553   // l-values.
554   Value *VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
555     if (CodeGenFunction::ConstantEmission Constant = CGF.tryEmitAsConstant(E))
556       return CGF.emitScalarConstant(Constant, E);
557     return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
558   }
559 
560   Value *VisitObjCSelectorExpr(ObjCSelectorExpr *E) {
561     return CGF.EmitObjCSelectorExpr(E);
562   }
563   Value *VisitObjCProtocolExpr(ObjCProtocolExpr *E) {
564     return CGF.EmitObjCProtocolExpr(E);
565   }
566   Value *VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
567     return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
568   }
569   Value *VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
570     if (E->getMethodDecl() &&
571         E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType())
572       return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
573     return CGF.EmitObjCMessageExpr(E).getScalarVal();
574   }
575 
576   Value *VisitObjCIsaExpr(ObjCIsaExpr *E) {
577     LValue LV = CGF.EmitObjCIsaExpr(E);
578     Value *V = CGF.EmitLoadOfLValue(LV, E->getExprLoc()).getScalarVal();
579     return V;
580   }
581 
582   Value *VisitObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr *E) {
583     VersionTuple Version = E->getVersion();
584 
585     // If we're checking for a platform older than our minimum deployment
586     // target, we can fold the check away.
587     if (Version <= CGF.CGM.getTarget().getPlatformMinVersion())
588       return llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt1Ty(), 1);
589 
590     return CGF.EmitBuiltinAvailable(Version);
591   }
592 
593   Value *VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
594   Value *VisitMatrixSubscriptExpr(MatrixSubscriptExpr *E);
595   Value *VisitShuffleVectorExpr(ShuffleVectorExpr *E);
596   Value *VisitConvertVectorExpr(ConvertVectorExpr *E);
597   Value *VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E);
598   Value *VisitExtVectorElementExpr(Expr *E) { return EmitLoadOfLValue(E); }
599   Value *VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
600     // Strictly speaking, we shouldn't be calling EmitLoadOfLValue, which
601     // transitively calls EmitCompoundLiteralLValue, here in C++ since compound
602     // literals aren't l-values in C++. We do so simply because that's the
603     // cleanest way to handle compound literals in C++.
604     // See the discussion here: https://reviews.llvm.org/D64464
605     return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
606   }
607 
608   Value *VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *E);
609 
610   Value *VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(ArrayInitIndexExpr *E) {
611     assert(CGF.getArrayInitIndex() &&
612            "ArrayInitIndexExpr not inside an ArrayInitLoopExpr?");
613     return CGF.getArrayInitIndex();
614   }
615 
616   Value *VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
617     return EmitNullValue(E->getType());
618   }
619   Value *VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E) {
620     CGF.CGM.EmitExplicitCastExprType(E, &CGF);
621     return VisitCastExpr(E);
622   }
623   Value *VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E);
624 
625   Value *VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
626     if (E->getCallReturnType(CGF.getContext())->isReferenceType())
627       return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
628 
629     Value *V = CGF.EmitCallExpr(E).getScalarVal();
630 
631     EmitLValueAlignmentAssumption(E, V);
632     return V;
633   }
634 
635   Value *VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E);
636 
637   // Unary Operators.
638   Value *VisitUnaryPostDec(const UnaryOperator *E) {
639     LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr());
640     return EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(E, LV, false, false);
641   }
642   Value *VisitUnaryPostInc(const UnaryOperator *E) {
643     LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr());
644     return EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(E, LV, true, false);
645   }
646   Value *VisitUnaryPreDec(const UnaryOperator *E) {
647     LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr());
648     return EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(E, LV, false, true);
649   }
650   Value *VisitUnaryPreInc(const UnaryOperator *E) {
651     LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr());
652     return EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(E, LV, true, true);
653   }
654 
655   llvm::Value *EmitIncDecConsiderOverflowBehavior(const UnaryOperator *E,
656                                                   llvm::Value *InVal,
657                                                   bool IsInc);
658 
659   llvm::Value *EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV,
660                                        bool isInc, bool isPre);
661 
662 
663   Value *VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) {
664     if (isa<MemberPointerType>(E->getType())) // never sugared
665       return CGF.CGM.getMemberPointerConstant(E);
666 
667     return EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()).getPointer(CGF);
668   }
669   Value *VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E) {
670     if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
671       return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); // the actual value should be unused
672     return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
673   }
674 
675   Value *VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E,
676                         QualType PromotionType = QualType());
677   Value *VisitPlus(const UnaryOperator *E, QualType PromotionType);
678   Value *VisitUnaryMinus(const UnaryOperator *E,
679                          QualType PromotionType = QualType());
680   Value *VisitMinus(const UnaryOperator *E, QualType PromotionType);
681 
682   Value *VisitUnaryNot      (const UnaryOperator *E);
683   Value *VisitUnaryLNot     (const UnaryOperator *E);
684   Value *VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E,
685                         QualType PromotionType = QualType());
686   Value *VisitReal(const UnaryOperator *E, QualType PromotionType);
687   Value *VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E,
688                         QualType PromotionType = QualType());
689   Value *VisitImag(const UnaryOperator *E, QualType PromotionType);
690   Value *VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E) {
691     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
692   }
693 
694   // C++
695   Value *VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
696     return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
697   }
698   Value *VisitSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr *SLE) {
699     auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
700     APValue Evaluated =
701         SLE->EvaluateInContext(Ctx, CGF.CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr());
702     return ConstantEmitter(CGF).emitAbstract(SLE->getLocation(), Evaluated,
703                                              SLE->getType());
704   }
705 
706   Value *VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *DAE) {
707     CodeGenFunction::CXXDefaultArgExprScope Scope(CGF, DAE);
708     return Visit(DAE->getExpr());
709   }
710   Value *VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(CXXDefaultInitExpr *DIE) {
711     CodeGenFunction::CXXDefaultInitExprScope Scope(CGF, DIE);
712     return Visit(DIE->getExpr());
713   }
714   Value *VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *TE) {
715     return CGF.LoadCXXThis();
716   }
717 
718   Value *VisitExprWithCleanups(ExprWithCleanups *E);
719   Value *VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
720     return CGF.EmitCXXNewExpr(E);
721   }
722   Value *VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
723     CGF.EmitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
724     return nullptr;
725   }
726 
727   Value *VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) {
728     if (E->isStoredAsBoolean())
729       return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()),
730                                     E->getBoolValue());
731     assert(E->getAPValue().isInt() && "APValue type not supported");
732     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()),
733                                   E->getAPValue().getInt());
734   }
735 
736   Value *VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
737     return Builder.getInt1(E->isSatisfied());
738   }
739 
740   Value *VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E) {
741     return Builder.getInt1(E->isSatisfied());
742   }
743 
744   Value *VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
745     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()), E->getValue());
746   }
747 
748   Value *VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
749     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt1Ty(), E->getValue());
750   }
751 
752   Value *VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) {
753     // C++ [expr.pseudo]p1:
754     //   The result shall only be used as the operand for the function call
755     //   operator (), and the result of such a call has type void. The only
756     //   effect is the evaluation of the postfix-expression before the dot or
757     //   arrow.
758     CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getBase());
759     return nullptr;
760   }
761 
762   Value *VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
763     return EmitNullValue(E->getType());
764   }
765 
766   Value *VisitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E) {
767     CGF.EmitCXXThrowExpr(E);
768     return nullptr;
769   }
770 
771   Value *VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E) {
772     return Builder.getInt1(E->getValue());
773   }
774 
775   // Binary Operators.
776   Value *EmitMul(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
777     if (Ops.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
778       switch (CGF.getLangOpts().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
779       case LangOptions::SOB_Defined:
780         if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
781           return Builder.CreateMul(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "mul");
782         [[fallthrough]];
783       case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
784         if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
785           return Builder.CreateNSWMul(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "mul");
786         [[fallthrough]];
787       case LangOptions::SOB_Trapping:
788         if (CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), Ops))
789           return Builder.CreateNSWMul(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "mul");
790         return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(Ops);
791       }
792     }
793 
794     if (Ops.Ty->isConstantMatrixType()) {
795       llvm::MatrixBuilder MB(Builder);
796       // We need to check the types of the operands of the operator to get the
797       // correct matrix dimensions.
798       auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Ops.E);
799       auto *LHSMatTy = dyn_cast<ConstantMatrixType>(
800           BO->getLHS()->getType().getCanonicalType());
801       auto *RHSMatTy = dyn_cast<ConstantMatrixType>(
802           BO->getRHS()->getType().getCanonicalType());
803       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, Ops.FPFeatures);
804       if (LHSMatTy && RHSMatTy)
805         return MB.CreateMatrixMultiply(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, LHSMatTy->getNumRows(),
806                                        LHSMatTy->getNumColumns(),
807                                        RHSMatTy->getNumColumns());
808       return MB.CreateScalarMultiply(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS);
809     }
810 
811     if (Ops.Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
812         CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow) &&
813         !CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), Ops))
814       return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(Ops);
815 
816     if (Ops.LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
817       //  Preserve the old values
818       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, Ops.FPFeatures);
819       return Builder.CreateFMul(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "mul");
820     }
821     if (Ops.isFixedPointOp())
822       return EmitFixedPointBinOp(Ops);
823     return Builder.CreateMul(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "mul");
824   }
825   /// Create a binary op that checks for overflow.
826   /// Currently only supports +, - and *.
827   Value *EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
828 
829   // Check for undefined division and modulus behaviors.
830   void EmitUndefinedBehaviorIntegerDivAndRemCheck(const BinOpInfo &Ops,
831                                                   llvm::Value *Zero,bool isDiv);
832   // Common helper for getting how wide LHS of shift is.
833   static Value *GetMaximumShiftAmount(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool RHSIsSigned);
834 
835   // Used for shifting constraints for OpenCL, do mask for powers of 2, URem for
836   // non powers of two.
837   Value *ConstrainShiftValue(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const Twine &Name);
838 
839   Value *EmitDiv(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
840   Value *EmitRem(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
841   Value *EmitAdd(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
842   Value *EmitSub(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
843   Value *EmitShl(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
844   Value *EmitShr(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
845   Value *EmitAnd(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
846     return Builder.CreateAnd(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "and");
847   }
848   Value *EmitXor(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
849     return Builder.CreateXor(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "xor");
850   }
851   Value *EmitOr (const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
852     return Builder.CreateOr(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "or");
853   }
854 
855   // Helper functions for fixed point binary operations.
856   Value *EmitFixedPointBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops);
857 
858   BinOpInfo EmitBinOps(const BinaryOperator *E,
859                        QualType PromotionTy = QualType());
860 
861   Value *EmitPromotedValue(Value *result, QualType PromotionType);
862   Value *EmitUnPromotedValue(Value *result, QualType ExprType);
863   Value *EmitPromoted(const Expr *E, QualType PromotionType);
864 
865   LValue EmitCompoundAssignLValue(const CompoundAssignOperator *E,
866                             Value *(ScalarExprEmitter::*F)(const BinOpInfo &),
867                                   Value *&Result);
868 
869   Value *EmitCompoundAssign(const CompoundAssignOperator *E,
870                             Value *(ScalarExprEmitter::*F)(const BinOpInfo &));
871 
872   QualType getPromotionType(QualType Ty) {
873     const auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
874     if (auto *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
875       QualType ElementType = CT->getElementType();
876       if (ElementType.UseExcessPrecision(Ctx))
877         return Ctx.getComplexType(Ctx.FloatTy);
878     }
879 
880     if (Ty.UseExcessPrecision(Ctx)) {
881       if (auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
882         unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
883         return Ctx.getVectorType(Ctx.FloatTy, NumElements, VT->getVectorKind());
884       }
885       return Ctx.FloatTy;
886     }
887 
888     return QualType();
889   }
890 
891   // Binary operators and binary compound assignment operators.
892 #define HANDLEBINOP(OP)                                                        \
893   Value *VisitBin##OP(const BinaryOperator *E) {                               \
894     QualType promotionTy = getPromotionType(E->getType());                     \
895     auto result = Emit##OP(EmitBinOps(E, promotionTy));                        \
896     if (result && !promotionTy.isNull())                                       \
897       result = EmitUnPromotedValue(result, E->getType());                      \
898     return result;                                                             \
899   }                                                                            \
900   Value *VisitBin##OP##Assign(const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {               \
901     ApplyAtomGroup Grp(CGF.getDebugInfo());                                    \
902     return EmitCompoundAssign(E, &ScalarExprEmitter::Emit##OP);                \
903   }
904   HANDLEBINOP(Mul)
905   HANDLEBINOP(Div)
906   HANDLEBINOP(Rem)
907   HANDLEBINOP(Add)
908   HANDLEBINOP(Sub)
909   HANDLEBINOP(Shl)
910   HANDLEBINOP(Shr)
911   HANDLEBINOP(And)
912   HANDLEBINOP(Xor)
913   HANDLEBINOP(Or)
914 #undef HANDLEBINOP
915 
916   // Comparisons.
917   Value *EmitCompare(const BinaryOperator *E, llvm::CmpInst::Predicate UICmpOpc,
918                      llvm::CmpInst::Predicate SICmpOpc,
919                      llvm::CmpInst::Predicate FCmpOpc, bool IsSignaling);
920 #define VISITCOMP(CODE, UI, SI, FP, SIG) \
921     Value *VisitBin##CODE(const BinaryOperator *E) { \
922       return EmitCompare(E, llvm::ICmpInst::UI, llvm::ICmpInst::SI, \
923                          llvm::FCmpInst::FP, SIG); }
924   VISITCOMP(LT, ICMP_ULT, ICMP_SLT, FCMP_OLT, true)
925   VISITCOMP(GT, ICMP_UGT, ICMP_SGT, FCMP_OGT, true)
926   VISITCOMP(LE, ICMP_ULE, ICMP_SLE, FCMP_OLE, true)
927   VISITCOMP(GE, ICMP_UGE, ICMP_SGE, FCMP_OGE, true)
928   VISITCOMP(EQ, ICMP_EQ , ICMP_EQ , FCMP_OEQ, false)
929   VISITCOMP(NE, ICMP_NE , ICMP_NE , FCMP_UNE, false)
930 #undef VISITCOMP
931 
932   Value *VisitBinAssign     (const BinaryOperator *E);
933 
934   Value *VisitBinLAnd       (const BinaryOperator *E);
935   Value *VisitBinLOr        (const BinaryOperator *E);
936   Value *VisitBinComma      (const BinaryOperator *E);
937 
938   Value *VisitBinPtrMemD(const Expr *E) { return EmitLoadOfLValue(E); }
939   Value *VisitBinPtrMemI(const Expr *E) { return EmitLoadOfLValue(E); }
940 
941   Value *VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E) {
942     return Visit(E->getSemanticForm());
943   }
944 
945   // Other Operators.
946   Value *VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *BE);
947   Value *VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *);
948   Value *VisitChooseExpr(ChooseExpr *CE);
949   Value *VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *VE);
950   Value *VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E) {
951     return CGF.EmitObjCStringLiteral(E);
952   }
953   Value *VisitObjCBoxedExpr(ObjCBoxedExpr *E) {
954     return CGF.EmitObjCBoxedExpr(E);
955   }
956   Value *VisitObjCArrayLiteral(ObjCArrayLiteral *E) {
957     return CGF.EmitObjCArrayLiteral(E);
958   }
959   Value *VisitObjCDictionaryLiteral(ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E) {
960     return CGF.EmitObjCDictionaryLiteral(E);
961   }
962   Value *VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *CE);
963   Value *VisitAtomicExpr(AtomicExpr *AE);
964   Value *VisitPackIndexingExpr(PackIndexingExpr *E) {
965     return Visit(E->getSelectedExpr());
966   }
967 };
968 }  // end anonymous namespace.
969 
970 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
971 //                                Utilities
972 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
973 
974 /// EmitConversionToBool - Convert the specified expression value to a
975 /// boolean (i1) truth value.  This is equivalent to "Val != 0".
976 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitConversionToBool(Value *Src, QualType SrcType) {
977   assert(SrcType.isCanonical() && "EmitScalarConversion strips typedefs");
978 
979   if (SrcType->isRealFloatingType())
980     return EmitFloatToBoolConversion(Src);
981 
982   if (const MemberPointerType *MPT = dyn_cast<MemberPointerType>(SrcType))
983     return CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().EmitMemberPointerIsNotNull(CGF, Src, MPT);
984 
985   assert((SrcType->isIntegerType() || isa<llvm::PointerType>(Src->getType())) &&
986          "Unknown scalar type to convert");
987 
988   if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(Src->getType()))
989     return EmitIntToBoolConversion(Src);
990 
991   assert(isa<llvm::PointerType>(Src->getType()));
992   return EmitPointerToBoolConversion(Src, SrcType);
993 }
994 
995 void ScalarExprEmitter::EmitFloatConversionCheck(
996     Value *OrigSrc, QualType OrigSrcType, Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
997     QualType DstType, llvm::Type *DstTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
998   assert(SrcType->isFloatingType() && "not a conversion from floating point");
999   if (!isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstTy))
1000     return;
1001 
1002   auto CheckOrdinal = SanitizerKind::SO_FloatCastOverflow;
1003   auto CheckHandler = SanitizerHandler::FloatCastOverflow;
1004   SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF, {CheckOrdinal}, CheckHandler);
1005   using llvm::APFloat;
1006   using llvm::APSInt;
1007 
1008   llvm::Value *Check = nullptr;
1009   const llvm::fltSemantics &SrcSema =
1010     CGF.getContext().getFloatTypeSemantics(OrigSrcType);
1011 
1012   // Floating-point to integer. This has undefined behavior if the source is
1013   // +-Inf, NaN, or doesn't fit into the destination type (after truncation
1014   // to an integer).
1015   unsigned Width = CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(DstType);
1016   bool Unsigned = DstType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1017 
1018   APSInt Min = APSInt::getMinValue(Width, Unsigned);
1019   APFloat MinSrc(SrcSema, APFloat::uninitialized);
1020   if (MinSrc.convertFromAPInt(Min, !Unsigned, APFloat::rmTowardZero) &
1021       APFloat::opOverflow)
1022     // Don't need an overflow check for lower bound. Just check for
1023     // -Inf/NaN.
1024     MinSrc = APFloat::getInf(SrcSema, true);
1025   else
1026     // Find the largest value which is too small to represent (before
1027     // truncation toward zero).
1028     MinSrc.subtract(APFloat(SrcSema, 1), APFloat::rmTowardNegative);
1029 
1030   APSInt Max = APSInt::getMaxValue(Width, Unsigned);
1031   APFloat MaxSrc(SrcSema, APFloat::uninitialized);
1032   if (MaxSrc.convertFromAPInt(Max, !Unsigned, APFloat::rmTowardZero) &
1033       APFloat::opOverflow)
1034     // Don't need an overflow check for upper bound. Just check for
1035     // +Inf/NaN.
1036     MaxSrc = APFloat::getInf(SrcSema, false);
1037   else
1038     // Find the smallest value which is too large to represent (before
1039     // truncation toward zero).
1040     MaxSrc.add(APFloat(SrcSema, 1), APFloat::rmTowardPositive);
1041 
1042   // If we're converting from __half, convert the range to float to match
1043   // the type of src.
1044   if (OrigSrcType->isHalfType()) {
1045     const llvm::fltSemantics &Sema =
1046       CGF.getContext().getFloatTypeSemantics(SrcType);
1047     bool IsInexact;
1048     MinSrc.convert(Sema, APFloat::rmTowardZero, &IsInexact);
1049     MaxSrc.convert(Sema, APFloat::rmTowardZero, &IsInexact);
1050   }
1051 
1052   llvm::Value *GE =
1053     Builder.CreateFCmpOGT(Src, llvm::ConstantFP::get(VMContext, MinSrc));
1054   llvm::Value *LE =
1055     Builder.CreateFCmpOLT(Src, llvm::ConstantFP::get(VMContext, MaxSrc));
1056   Check = Builder.CreateAnd(GE, LE);
1057 
1058   llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {CGF.EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc),
1059                                   CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(OrigSrcType),
1060                                   CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(DstType)};
1061   CGF.EmitCheck(std::make_pair(Check, CheckOrdinal), CheckHandler, StaticArgs,
1062                 OrigSrc);
1063 }
1064 
1065 // Should be called within CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope RAII scope.
1066 // Returns 'i1 false' when the truncation Src -> Dst was lossy.
1067 static std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1068                  std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1069 EmitIntegerTruncationCheckHelper(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, Value *Dst,
1070                                  QualType DstType, CGBuilderTy &Builder) {
1071   llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
1072   llvm::Type *DstTy = Dst->getType();
1073   (void)DstTy; // Only used in assert()
1074 
1075   // This should be truncation of integral types.
1076   assert(Src != Dst);
1077   assert(SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits() > Dst->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits());
1078   assert(isa<llvm::IntegerType>(SrcTy) && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstTy) &&
1079          "non-integer llvm type");
1080 
1081   bool SrcSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1082   bool DstSigned = DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1083 
1084   // If both (src and dst) types are unsigned, then it's an unsigned truncation.
1085   // Else, it is a signed truncation.
1086   ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind Kind;
1087   SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal Ordinal;
1088   if (!SrcSigned && !DstSigned) {
1089     Kind = ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_UnsignedIntegerTruncation;
1090     Ordinal = SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitUnsignedIntegerTruncation;
1091   } else {
1092     Kind = ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncation;
1093     Ordinal = SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitSignedIntegerTruncation;
1094   }
1095 
1096   llvm::Value *Check = nullptr;
1097   // 1. Extend the truncated value back to the same width as the Src.
1098   Check = Builder.CreateIntCast(Dst, SrcTy, DstSigned, "anyext");
1099   // 2. Equality-compare with the original source value
1100   Check = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Check, Src, "truncheck");
1101   // If the comparison result is 'i1 false', then the truncation was lossy.
1102   return std::make_pair(Kind, std::make_pair(Check, Ordinal));
1103 }
1104 
1105 static bool PromotionIsPotentiallyEligibleForImplicitIntegerConversionCheck(
1106     QualType SrcType, QualType DstType) {
1107   return SrcType->isIntegerType() && DstType->isIntegerType();
1108 }
1109 
1110 void ScalarExprEmitter::EmitIntegerTruncationCheck(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
1111                                                    Value *Dst, QualType DstType,
1112                                                    SourceLocation Loc) {
1113   if (!CGF.SanOpts.hasOneOf(SanitizerKind::ImplicitIntegerTruncation))
1114     return;
1115 
1116   // We only care about int->int conversions here.
1117   // We ignore conversions to/from pointer and/or bool.
1118   if (!PromotionIsPotentiallyEligibleForImplicitIntegerConversionCheck(SrcType,
1119                                                                        DstType))
1120     return;
1121 
1122   unsigned SrcBits = Src->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
1123   unsigned DstBits = Dst->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
1124   // This must be truncation. Else we do not care.
1125   if (SrcBits <= DstBits)
1126     return;
1127 
1128   assert(!DstType->isBooleanType() && "we should not get here with booleans.");
1129 
1130   // If the integer sign change sanitizer is enabled,
1131   // and we are truncating from larger unsigned type to smaller signed type,
1132   // let that next sanitizer deal with it.
1133   bool SrcSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1134   bool DstSigned = DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1135   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ImplicitIntegerSignChange) &&
1136       (!SrcSigned && DstSigned))
1137     return;
1138 
1139   std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1140             std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1141       Check;
1142 
1143   auto CheckHandler = SanitizerHandler::ImplicitConversion;
1144   {
1145     // We don't know the check kind until we call
1146     // EmitIntegerTruncationCheckHelper, but we want to annotate
1147     // EmitIntegerTruncationCheckHelper's instructions too.
1148     SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(
1149         &CGF,
1150         {SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitUnsignedIntegerTruncation,
1151          SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitSignedIntegerTruncation},
1152         CheckHandler);
1153     Check =
1154         EmitIntegerTruncationCheckHelper(Src, SrcType, Dst, DstType, Builder);
1155     // If the comparison result is 'i1 false', then the truncation was lossy.
1156   }
1157 
1158   // Do we care about this type of truncation?
1159   if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(Check.second.second))
1160     return;
1161 
1162   SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF, {Check.second.second}, CheckHandler);
1163 
1164   // Does some SSCL ignore this type?
1165   if (CGF.getContext().isTypeIgnoredBySanitizer(
1166           SanitizerMask::bitPosToMask(Check.second.second), DstType))
1167     return;
1168 
1169   llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {
1170       CGF.EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(SrcType),
1171       CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(DstType),
1172       llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Check.first),
1173       llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt32Ty(), 0)};
1174 
1175   CGF.EmitCheck(Check.second, CheckHandler, StaticArgs, {Src, Dst});
1176 }
1177 
1178 static llvm::Value *EmitIsNegativeTestHelper(Value *V, QualType VType,
1179                                              const char *Name,
1180                                              CGBuilderTy &Builder) {
1181   bool VSigned = VType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1182   llvm::Type *VTy = V->getType();
1183   if (!VSigned) {
1184     // If the value is unsigned, then it is never negative.
1185     return llvm::ConstantInt::getFalse(VTy->getContext());
1186   }
1187   llvm::Constant *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::get(VTy, 0);
1188   return Builder.CreateICmp(llvm::ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, V, Zero,
1189                             llvm::Twine(Name) + "." + V->getName() +
1190                                 ".negativitycheck");
1191 }
1192 
1193 // Should be called within CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope RAII scope.
1194 // Returns 'i1 false' when the conversion Src -> Dst changed the sign.
1195 static std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1196                  std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1197 EmitIntegerSignChangeCheckHelper(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, Value *Dst,
1198                                  QualType DstType, CGBuilderTy &Builder) {
1199   llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
1200   llvm::Type *DstTy = Dst->getType();
1201 
1202   assert(isa<llvm::IntegerType>(SrcTy) && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstTy) &&
1203          "non-integer llvm type");
1204 
1205   bool SrcSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1206   bool DstSigned = DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1207   (void)SrcSigned; // Only used in assert()
1208   (void)DstSigned; // Only used in assert()
1209   unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
1210   unsigned DstBits = DstTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
1211   (void)SrcBits; // Only used in assert()
1212   (void)DstBits; // Only used in assert()
1213 
1214   assert(((SrcBits != DstBits) || (SrcSigned != DstSigned)) &&
1215          "either the widths should be different, or the signednesses.");
1216 
1217   // 1. Was the old Value negative?
1218   llvm::Value *SrcIsNegative =
1219       EmitIsNegativeTestHelper(Src, SrcType, "src", Builder);
1220   // 2. Is the new Value negative?
1221   llvm::Value *DstIsNegative =
1222       EmitIsNegativeTestHelper(Dst, DstType, "dst", Builder);
1223   // 3. Now, was the 'negativity status' preserved during the conversion?
1224   //    NOTE: conversion from negative to zero is considered to change the sign.
1225   //    (We want to get 'false' when the conversion changed the sign)
1226   //    So we should just equality-compare the negativity statuses.
1227   llvm::Value *Check = nullptr;
1228   Check = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(SrcIsNegative, DstIsNegative, "signchangecheck");
1229   // If the comparison result is 'false', then the conversion changed the sign.
1230   return std::make_pair(
1231       ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_IntegerSignChange,
1232       std::make_pair(Check, SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitIntegerSignChange));
1233 }
1234 
1235 void ScalarExprEmitter::EmitIntegerSignChangeCheck(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
1236                                                    Value *Dst, QualType DstType,
1237                                                    SourceLocation Loc) {
1238   if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitIntegerSignChange))
1239     return;
1240 
1241   llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
1242   llvm::Type *DstTy = Dst->getType();
1243 
1244   // We only care about int->int conversions here.
1245   // We ignore conversions to/from pointer and/or bool.
1246   if (!PromotionIsPotentiallyEligibleForImplicitIntegerConversionCheck(SrcType,
1247                                                                        DstType))
1248     return;
1249 
1250   bool SrcSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1251   bool DstSigned = DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1252   unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
1253   unsigned DstBits = DstTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
1254 
1255   // Now, we do not need to emit the check in *all* of the cases.
1256   // We can avoid emitting it in some obvious cases where it would have been
1257   // dropped by the opt passes (instcombine) always anyways.
1258   // If it's a cast between effectively the same type, no check.
1259   // NOTE: this is *not* equivalent to checking the canonical types.
1260   if (SrcSigned == DstSigned && SrcBits == DstBits)
1261     return;
1262   // At least one of the values needs to have signed type.
1263   // If both are unsigned, then obviously, neither of them can be negative.
1264   if (!SrcSigned && !DstSigned)
1265     return;
1266   // If the conversion is to *larger* *signed* type, then no check is needed.
1267   // Because either sign-extension happens (so the sign will remain),
1268   // or zero-extension will happen (the sign bit will be zero.)
1269   if ((DstBits > SrcBits) && DstSigned)
1270     return;
1271   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ImplicitSignedIntegerTruncation) &&
1272       (SrcBits > DstBits) && SrcSigned) {
1273     // If the signed integer truncation sanitizer is enabled,
1274     // and this is a truncation from signed type, then no check is needed.
1275     // Because here sign change check is interchangeable with truncation check.
1276     return;
1277   }
1278   // Does an SSCL have an entry for the DstType under its respective sanitizer
1279   // section?
1280   if (DstSigned && CGF.getContext().isTypeIgnoredBySanitizer(
1281                        SanitizerKind::ImplicitSignedIntegerTruncation, DstType))
1282     return;
1283   if (!DstSigned &&
1284       CGF.getContext().isTypeIgnoredBySanitizer(
1285           SanitizerKind::ImplicitUnsignedIntegerTruncation, DstType))
1286     return;
1287   // That's it. We can't rule out any more cases with the data we have.
1288 
1289   auto CheckHandler = SanitizerHandler::ImplicitConversion;
1290   SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(
1291       &CGF,
1292       {SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitIntegerSignChange,
1293        SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitUnsignedIntegerTruncation,
1294        SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitSignedIntegerTruncation},
1295       CheckHandler);
1296 
1297   std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1298             std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1299       Check;
1300 
1301   // Each of these checks needs to return 'false' when an issue was detected.
1302   ImplicitConversionCheckKind CheckKind;
1303   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>,
1304                     2>
1305       Checks;
1306   // So we can 'and' all the checks together, and still get 'false',
1307   // if at least one of the checks detected an issue.
1308 
1309   Check = EmitIntegerSignChangeCheckHelper(Src, SrcType, Dst, DstType, Builder);
1310   CheckKind = Check.first;
1311   Checks.emplace_back(Check.second);
1312 
1313   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ImplicitSignedIntegerTruncation) &&
1314       (SrcBits > DstBits) && !SrcSigned && DstSigned) {
1315     // If the signed integer truncation sanitizer was enabled,
1316     // and we are truncating from larger unsigned type to smaller signed type,
1317     // let's handle the case we skipped in that check.
1318     Check =
1319         EmitIntegerTruncationCheckHelper(Src, SrcType, Dst, DstType, Builder);
1320     CheckKind = ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncationOrSignChange;
1321     Checks.emplace_back(Check.second);
1322     // If the comparison result is 'i1 false', then the truncation was lossy.
1323   }
1324 
1325   llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {
1326       CGF.EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(SrcType),
1327       CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(DstType),
1328       llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt8Ty(), CheckKind),
1329       llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt32Ty(), 0)};
1330   // EmitCheck() will 'and' all the checks together.
1331   CGF.EmitCheck(Checks, CheckHandler, StaticArgs, {Src, Dst});
1332 }
1333 
1334 // Should be called within CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope RAII scope.
1335 // Returns 'i1 false' when the truncation Src -> Dst was lossy.
1336 static std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1337                  std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1338 EmitBitfieldTruncationCheckHelper(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, Value *Dst,
1339                                   QualType DstType, CGBuilderTy &Builder) {
1340   bool SrcSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1341   bool DstSigned = DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1342 
1343   ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind Kind;
1344   if (!SrcSigned && !DstSigned)
1345     Kind = ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_UnsignedIntegerTruncation;
1346   else
1347     Kind = ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncation;
1348 
1349   llvm::Value *Check = nullptr;
1350   // 1. Extend the truncated value back to the same width as the Src.
1351   Check = Builder.CreateIntCast(Dst, Src->getType(), DstSigned, "bf.anyext");
1352   // 2. Equality-compare with the original source value
1353   Check = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Check, Src, "bf.truncheck");
1354   // If the comparison result is 'i1 false', then the truncation was lossy.
1355 
1356   return std::make_pair(
1357       Kind,
1358       std::make_pair(Check, SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitBitfieldConversion));
1359 }
1360 
1361 // Should be called within CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope RAII scope.
1362 // Returns 'i1 false' when the conversion Src -> Dst changed the sign.
1363 static std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1364                  std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1365 EmitBitfieldSignChangeCheckHelper(Value *Src, QualType SrcType, Value *Dst,
1366                                   QualType DstType, CGBuilderTy &Builder) {
1367   // 1. Was the old Value negative?
1368   llvm::Value *SrcIsNegative =
1369       EmitIsNegativeTestHelper(Src, SrcType, "bf.src", Builder);
1370   // 2. Is the new Value negative?
1371   llvm::Value *DstIsNegative =
1372       EmitIsNegativeTestHelper(Dst, DstType, "bf.dst", Builder);
1373   // 3. Now, was the 'negativity status' preserved during the conversion?
1374   //    NOTE: conversion from negative to zero is considered to change the sign.
1375   //    (We want to get 'false' when the conversion changed the sign)
1376   //    So we should just equality-compare the negativity statuses.
1377   llvm::Value *Check = nullptr;
1378   Check =
1379       Builder.CreateICmpEQ(SrcIsNegative, DstIsNegative, "bf.signchangecheck");
1380   // If the comparison result is 'false', then the conversion changed the sign.
1381   return std::make_pair(
1382       ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_IntegerSignChange,
1383       std::make_pair(Check, SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitBitfieldConversion));
1384 }
1385 
1386 void CodeGenFunction::EmitBitfieldConversionCheck(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
1387                                                   Value *Dst, QualType DstType,
1388                                                   const CGBitFieldInfo &Info,
1389                                                   SourceLocation Loc) {
1390 
1391   if (!SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ImplicitBitfieldConversion))
1392     return;
1393 
1394   // We only care about int->int conversions here.
1395   // We ignore conversions to/from pointer and/or bool.
1396   if (!PromotionIsPotentiallyEligibleForImplicitIntegerConversionCheck(SrcType,
1397                                                                        DstType))
1398     return;
1399 
1400   if (DstType->isBooleanType() || SrcType->isBooleanType())
1401     return;
1402 
1403   // This should be truncation of integral types.
1404   assert(isa<llvm::IntegerType>(Src->getType()) &&
1405          isa<llvm::IntegerType>(Dst->getType()) && "non-integer llvm type");
1406 
1407   // TODO: Calculate src width to avoid emitting code
1408   // for unecessary cases.
1409   unsigned SrcBits = ConvertType(SrcType)->getScalarSizeInBits();
1410   unsigned DstBits = Info.Size;
1411 
1412   bool SrcSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1413   bool DstSigned = DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1414 
1415   auto CheckHandler = SanitizerHandler::ImplicitConversion;
1416   SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(
1417       this, {SanitizerKind::SO_ImplicitBitfieldConversion}, CheckHandler);
1418 
1419   std::pair<ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind,
1420             std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>>
1421       Check;
1422 
1423   // Truncation
1424   bool EmitTruncation = DstBits < SrcBits;
1425   // If Dst is signed and Src unsigned, we want to be more specific
1426   // about the CheckKind we emit, in this case we want to emit
1427   // ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncationOrSignChange.
1428   bool EmitTruncationFromUnsignedToSigned =
1429       EmitTruncation && DstSigned && !SrcSigned;
1430   // Sign change
1431   bool SameTypeSameSize = SrcSigned == DstSigned && SrcBits == DstBits;
1432   bool BothUnsigned = !SrcSigned && !DstSigned;
1433   bool LargerSigned = (DstBits > SrcBits) && DstSigned;
1434   // We can avoid emitting sign change checks in some obvious cases
1435   //   1. If Src and Dst have the same signedness and size
1436   //   2. If both are unsigned sign check is unecessary!
1437   //   3. If Dst is signed and bigger than Src, either
1438   //      sign-extension or zero-extension will make sure
1439   //      the sign remains.
1440   bool EmitSignChange = !SameTypeSameSize && !BothUnsigned && !LargerSigned;
1441 
1442   if (EmitTruncation)
1443     Check =
1444         EmitBitfieldTruncationCheckHelper(Src, SrcType, Dst, DstType, Builder);
1445   else if (EmitSignChange) {
1446     assert(((SrcBits != DstBits) || (SrcSigned != DstSigned)) &&
1447            "either the widths should be different, or the signednesses.");
1448     Check =
1449         EmitBitfieldSignChangeCheckHelper(Src, SrcType, Dst, DstType, Builder);
1450   } else
1451     return;
1452 
1453   ScalarExprEmitter::ImplicitConversionCheckKind CheckKind = Check.first;
1454   if (EmitTruncationFromUnsignedToSigned)
1455     CheckKind = ScalarExprEmitter::ICCK_SignedIntegerTruncationOrSignChange;
1456 
1457   llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {
1458       EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(SrcType),
1459       EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(DstType),
1460       llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt8Ty(), CheckKind),
1461       llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt32Ty(), Info.Size)};
1462 
1463   EmitCheck(Check.second, CheckHandler, StaticArgs, {Src, Dst});
1464 }
1465 
1466 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarCast(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
1467                                          QualType DstType, llvm::Type *SrcTy,
1468                                          llvm::Type *DstTy,
1469                                          ScalarConversionOpts Opts) {
1470   // The Element types determine the type of cast to perform.
1471   llvm::Type *SrcElementTy;
1472   llvm::Type *DstElementTy;
1473   QualType SrcElementType;
1474   QualType DstElementType;
1475   if (SrcType->isMatrixType() && DstType->isMatrixType()) {
1476     SrcElementTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)->getElementType();
1477     DstElementTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementType();
1478     SrcElementType = SrcType->castAs<MatrixType>()->getElementType();
1479     DstElementType = DstType->castAs<MatrixType>()->getElementType();
1480   } else {
1481     assert(!SrcType->isMatrixType() && !DstType->isMatrixType() &&
1482            "cannot cast between matrix and non-matrix types");
1483     SrcElementTy = SrcTy;
1484     DstElementTy = DstTy;
1485     SrcElementType = SrcType;
1486     DstElementType = DstType;
1487   }
1488 
1489   if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(SrcElementTy)) {
1490     bool InputSigned = SrcElementType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1491     if (SrcElementType->isBooleanType() && Opts.TreatBooleanAsSigned) {
1492       InputSigned = true;
1493     }
1494 
1495     if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstElementTy))
1496       return Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, DstTy, InputSigned, "conv");
1497     if (InputSigned)
1498       return Builder.CreateSIToFP(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1499     return Builder.CreateUIToFP(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1500   }
1501 
1502   if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstElementTy)) {
1503     assert(SrcElementTy->isFloatingPointTy() && "Unknown real conversion");
1504     bool IsSigned = DstElementType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1505 
1506     // If we can't recognize overflow as undefined behavior, assume that
1507     // overflow saturates. This protects against normal optimizations if we are
1508     // compiling with non-standard FP semantics.
1509     if (!CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictFloatCastOverflow) {
1510       llvm::Intrinsic::ID IID =
1511           IsSigned ? llvm::Intrinsic::fptosi_sat : llvm::Intrinsic::fptoui_sat;
1512       return Builder.CreateCall(CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(IID, {DstTy, SrcTy}), Src);
1513     }
1514 
1515     if (IsSigned)
1516       return Builder.CreateFPToSI(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1517     return Builder.CreateFPToUI(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1518   }
1519 
1520   if ((DstElementTy->is16bitFPTy() && SrcElementTy->is16bitFPTy())) {
1521     Value *FloatVal = Builder.CreateFPExt(Src, Builder.getFloatTy(), "fpext");
1522     return Builder.CreateFPTrunc(FloatVal, DstTy, "fptrunc");
1523   }
1524   if (DstElementTy->getTypeID() < SrcElementTy->getTypeID())
1525     return Builder.CreateFPTrunc(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1526   return Builder.CreateFPExt(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1527 }
1528 
1529 /// Emit a conversion from the specified type to the specified destination type,
1530 /// both of which are LLVM scalar types.
1531 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
1532                                                QualType DstType,
1533                                                SourceLocation Loc,
1534                                                ScalarConversionOpts Opts) {
1535   // All conversions involving fixed point types should be handled by the
1536   // EmitFixedPoint family functions. This is done to prevent bloating up this
1537   // function more, and although fixed point numbers are represented by
1538   // integers, we do not want to follow any logic that assumes they should be
1539   // treated as integers.
1540   // TODO(leonardchan): When necessary, add another if statement checking for
1541   // conversions to fixed point types from other types.
1542   if (SrcType->isFixedPointType()) {
1543     if (DstType->isBooleanType())
1544       // It is important that we check this before checking if the dest type is
1545       // an integer because booleans are technically integer types.
1546       // We do not need to check the padding bit on unsigned types if unsigned
1547       // padding is enabled because overflow into this bit is undefined
1548       // behavior.
1549       return Builder.CreateIsNotNull(Src, "tobool");
1550     if (DstType->isFixedPointType() || DstType->isIntegerType() ||
1551         DstType->isRealFloatingType())
1552       return EmitFixedPointConversion(Src, SrcType, DstType, Loc);
1553 
1554     llvm_unreachable(
1555         "Unhandled scalar conversion from a fixed point type to another type.");
1556   } else if (DstType->isFixedPointType()) {
1557     if (SrcType->isIntegerType() || SrcType->isRealFloatingType())
1558       // This also includes converting booleans and enums to fixed point types.
1559       return EmitFixedPointConversion(Src, SrcType, DstType, Loc);
1560 
1561     llvm_unreachable(
1562         "Unhandled scalar conversion to a fixed point type from another type.");
1563   }
1564 
1565   QualType NoncanonicalSrcType = SrcType;
1566   QualType NoncanonicalDstType = DstType;
1567 
1568   SrcType = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(SrcType);
1569   DstType = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(DstType);
1570   if (SrcType == DstType) return Src;
1571 
1572   if (DstType->isVoidType()) return nullptr;
1573 
1574   llvm::Value *OrigSrc = Src;
1575   QualType OrigSrcType = SrcType;
1576   llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
1577 
1578   // Handle conversions to bool first, they are special: comparisons against 0.
1579   if (DstType->isBooleanType())
1580     return EmitConversionToBool(Src, SrcType);
1581 
1582   llvm::Type *DstTy = ConvertType(DstType);
1583 
1584   // Cast from half through float if half isn't a native type.
1585   if (SrcType->isHalfType() && !CGF.getContext().getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
1586     // Cast to FP using the intrinsic if the half type itself isn't supported.
1587     if (DstTy->isFloatingPointTy()) {
1588       if (CGF.getContext().getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics())
1589         return Builder.CreateCall(
1590             CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::convert_from_fp16, DstTy),
1591             Src);
1592     } else {
1593       // Cast to other types through float, using either the intrinsic or FPExt,
1594       // depending on whether the half type itself is supported
1595       // (as opposed to operations on half, available with NativeHalfType).
1596       if (CGF.getContext().getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) {
1597         Src = Builder.CreateCall(
1598             CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::convert_from_fp16,
1599                                  CGF.CGM.FloatTy),
1600             Src);
1601       } else {
1602         Src = Builder.CreateFPExt(Src, CGF.CGM.FloatTy, "conv");
1603       }
1604       SrcType = CGF.getContext().FloatTy;
1605       SrcTy = CGF.FloatTy;
1606     }
1607   }
1608 
1609   // Ignore conversions like int -> uint.
1610   if (SrcTy == DstTy) {
1611     if (Opts.EmitImplicitIntegerSignChangeChecks)
1612       EmitIntegerSignChangeCheck(Src, NoncanonicalSrcType, Src,
1613                                  NoncanonicalDstType, Loc);
1614 
1615     return Src;
1616   }
1617 
1618   // Handle pointer conversions next: pointers can only be converted to/from
1619   // other pointers and integers. Check for pointer types in terms of LLVM, as
1620   // some native types (like Obj-C id) may map to a pointer type.
1621   if (auto DstPT = dyn_cast<llvm::PointerType>(DstTy)) {
1622     // The source value may be an integer, or a pointer.
1623     if (isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy))
1624       return Src;
1625 
1626     assert(SrcType->isIntegerType() && "Not ptr->ptr or int->ptr conversion?");
1627     // First, convert to the correct width so that we control the kind of
1628     // extension.
1629     llvm::Type *MiddleTy = CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(DstPT);
1630     bool InputSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1631     llvm::Value* IntResult =
1632         Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, MiddleTy, InputSigned, "conv");
1633     // Then, cast to pointer.
1634     return Builder.CreateIntToPtr(IntResult, DstTy, "conv");
1635   }
1636 
1637   if (isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) {
1638     // Must be an ptr to int cast.
1639     assert(isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstTy) && "not ptr->int?");
1640     return Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1641   }
1642 
1643   // A scalar can be splatted to an extended vector of the same element type
1644   if (DstType->isExtVectorType() && !SrcType->isVectorType()) {
1645     // Sema should add casts to make sure that the source expression's type is
1646     // the same as the vector's element type (sans qualifiers)
1647     assert(DstType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType().getTypePtr() ==
1648                SrcType.getTypePtr() &&
1649            "Splatted expr doesn't match with vector element type?");
1650 
1651     // Splat the element across to all elements
1652     unsigned NumElements = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(DstTy)->getNumElements();
1653     return Builder.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, Src, "splat");
1654   }
1655 
1656   if (SrcType->isMatrixType() && DstType->isMatrixType())
1657     return EmitScalarCast(Src, SrcType, DstType, SrcTy, DstTy, Opts);
1658 
1659   if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy) || isa<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)) {
1660     // Allow bitcast from vector to integer/fp of the same size.
1661     llvm::TypeSize SrcSize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
1662     llvm::TypeSize DstSize = DstTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
1663     if (SrcSize == DstSize)
1664       return Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1665 
1666     // Conversions between vectors of different sizes are not allowed except
1667     // when vectors of half are involved. Operations on storage-only half
1668     // vectors require promoting half vector operands to float vectors and
1669     // truncating the result, which is either an int or float vector, to a
1670     // short or half vector.
1671 
1672     // Source and destination are both expected to be vectors.
1673     llvm::Type *SrcElementTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)->getElementType();
1674     llvm::Type *DstElementTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementType();
1675     (void)DstElementTy;
1676 
1677     assert(((SrcElementTy->isIntegerTy() &&
1678              DstElementTy->isIntegerTy()) ||
1679             (SrcElementTy->isFloatingPointTy() &&
1680              DstElementTy->isFloatingPointTy())) &&
1681            "unexpected conversion between a floating-point vector and an "
1682            "integer vector");
1683 
1684     // Truncate an i32 vector to an i16 vector.
1685     if (SrcElementTy->isIntegerTy())
1686       return Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, DstTy, false, "conv");
1687 
1688     // Truncate a float vector to a half vector.
1689     if (SrcSize > DstSize)
1690       return Builder.CreateFPTrunc(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1691 
1692     // Promote a half vector to a float vector.
1693     return Builder.CreateFPExt(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1694   }
1695 
1696   // Finally, we have the arithmetic types: real int/float.
1697   Value *Res = nullptr;
1698   llvm::Type *ResTy = DstTy;
1699 
1700   // An overflowing conversion has undefined behavior if either the source type
1701   // or the destination type is a floating-point type. However, we consider the
1702   // range of representable values for all floating-point types to be
1703   // [-inf,+inf], so no overflow can ever happen when the destination type is a
1704   // floating-point type.
1705   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::FloatCastOverflow) &&
1706       OrigSrcType->isFloatingType())
1707     EmitFloatConversionCheck(OrigSrc, OrigSrcType, Src, SrcType, DstType, DstTy,
1708                              Loc);
1709 
1710   // Cast to half through float if half isn't a native type.
1711   if (DstType->isHalfType() && !CGF.getContext().getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
1712     // Make sure we cast in a single step if from another FP type.
1713     if (SrcTy->isFloatingPointTy()) {
1714       // Use the intrinsic if the half type itself isn't supported
1715       // (as opposed to operations on half, available with NativeHalfType).
1716       if (CGF.getContext().getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics())
1717         return Builder.CreateCall(
1718             CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::convert_to_fp16, SrcTy), Src);
1719       // If the half type is supported, just use an fptrunc.
1720       return Builder.CreateFPTrunc(Src, DstTy);
1721     }
1722     DstTy = CGF.FloatTy;
1723   }
1724 
1725   Res = EmitScalarCast(Src, SrcType, DstType, SrcTy, DstTy, Opts);
1726 
1727   if (DstTy != ResTy) {
1728     if (CGF.getContext().getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) {
1729       assert(ResTy->isIntegerTy(16) && "Only half FP requires extra conversion");
1730       Res = Builder.CreateCall(
1731         CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::convert_to_fp16, CGF.CGM.FloatTy),
1732         Res);
1733     } else {
1734       Res = Builder.CreateFPTrunc(Res, ResTy, "conv");
1735     }
1736   }
1737 
1738   if (Opts.EmitImplicitIntegerTruncationChecks)
1739     EmitIntegerTruncationCheck(Src, NoncanonicalSrcType, Res,
1740                                NoncanonicalDstType, Loc);
1741 
1742   if (Opts.EmitImplicitIntegerSignChangeChecks)
1743     EmitIntegerSignChangeCheck(Src, NoncanonicalSrcType, Res,
1744                                NoncanonicalDstType, Loc);
1745 
1746   return Res;
1747 }
1748 
1749 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitFixedPointConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcTy,
1750                                                    QualType DstTy,
1751                                                    SourceLocation Loc) {
1752   llvm::FixedPointBuilder<CGBuilderTy> FPBuilder(Builder);
1753   llvm::Value *Result;
1754   if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType())
1755     Result = FPBuilder.CreateFloatingToFixed(Src,
1756         CGF.getContext().getFixedPointSemantics(DstTy));
1757   else if (DstTy->isRealFloatingType())
1758     Result = FPBuilder.CreateFixedToFloating(Src,
1759         CGF.getContext().getFixedPointSemantics(SrcTy),
1760         ConvertType(DstTy));
1761   else {
1762     auto SrcFPSema = CGF.getContext().getFixedPointSemantics(SrcTy);
1763     auto DstFPSema = CGF.getContext().getFixedPointSemantics(DstTy);
1764 
1765     if (DstTy->isIntegerType())
1766       Result = FPBuilder.CreateFixedToInteger(Src, SrcFPSema,
1767                                               DstFPSema.getWidth(),
1768                                               DstFPSema.isSigned());
1769     else if (SrcTy->isIntegerType())
1770       Result =  FPBuilder.CreateIntegerToFixed(Src, SrcFPSema.isSigned(),
1771                                                DstFPSema);
1772     else
1773       Result = FPBuilder.CreateFixedToFixed(Src, SrcFPSema, DstFPSema);
1774   }
1775   return Result;
1776 }
1777 
1778 /// Emit a conversion from the specified complex type to the specified
1779 /// destination type, where the destination type is an LLVM scalar type.
1780 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitComplexToScalarConversion(
1781     CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy Src, QualType SrcTy, QualType DstTy,
1782     SourceLocation Loc) {
1783   // Get the source element type.
1784   SrcTy = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
1785 
1786   // Handle conversions to bool first, they are special: comparisons against 0.
1787   if (DstTy->isBooleanType()) {
1788     //  Complex != 0  -> (Real != 0) | (Imag != 0)
1789     Src.first = EmitScalarConversion(Src.first, SrcTy, DstTy, Loc);
1790     Src.second = EmitScalarConversion(Src.second, SrcTy, DstTy, Loc);
1791     return Builder.CreateOr(Src.first, Src.second, "tobool");
1792   }
1793 
1794   // C99 6.3.1.7p2: "When a value of complex type is converted to a real type,
1795   // the imaginary part of the complex value is discarded and the value of the
1796   // real part is converted according to the conversion rules for the
1797   // corresponding real type.
1798   return EmitScalarConversion(Src.first, SrcTy, DstTy, Loc);
1799 }
1800 
1801 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitNullValue(QualType Ty) {
1802   return CGF.EmitFromMemory(CGF.CGM.EmitNullConstant(Ty), Ty);
1803 }
1804 
1805 /// Emit a sanitization check for the given "binary" operation (which
1806 /// might actually be a unary increment which has been lowered to a binary
1807 /// operation). The check passes if all values in \p Checks (which are \c i1),
1808 /// are \c true.
1809 void ScalarExprEmitter::EmitBinOpCheck(
1810     ArrayRef<std::pair<Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>> Checks,
1811     const BinOpInfo &Info) {
1812   assert(CGF.IsSanitizerScope);
1813   SanitizerHandler Check;
1814   SmallVector<llvm::Constant *, 4> StaticData;
1815   SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> DynamicData;
1816 
1817   BinaryOperatorKind Opcode = Info.Opcode;
1818   if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode))
1819     Opcode = BinaryOperator::getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode);
1820 
1821   StaticData.push_back(CGF.EmitCheckSourceLocation(Info.E->getExprLoc()));
1822   const UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Info.E);
1823   if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) {
1824     Check = SanitizerHandler::NegateOverflow;
1825     StaticData.push_back(CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(UO->getType()));
1826     DynamicData.push_back(Info.RHS);
1827   } else {
1828     if (BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opcode)) {
1829       // Shift LHS negative or too large, or RHS out of bounds.
1830       Check = SanitizerHandler::ShiftOutOfBounds;
1831       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Info.E);
1832       StaticData.push_back(
1833         CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(BO->getLHS()->getType()));
1834       StaticData.push_back(
1835         CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(BO->getRHS()->getType()));
1836     } else if (Opcode == BO_Div || Opcode == BO_Rem) {
1837       // Divide or modulo by zero, or signed overflow (eg INT_MAX / -1).
1838       Check = SanitizerHandler::DivremOverflow;
1839       StaticData.push_back(CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(Info.Ty));
1840     } else {
1841       // Arithmetic overflow (+, -, *).
1842       switch (Opcode) {
1843       case BO_Add: Check = SanitizerHandler::AddOverflow; break;
1844       case BO_Sub: Check = SanitizerHandler::SubOverflow; break;
1845       case BO_Mul: Check = SanitizerHandler::MulOverflow; break;
1846       default: llvm_unreachable("unexpected opcode for bin op check");
1847       }
1848       StaticData.push_back(CGF.EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(Info.Ty));
1849     }
1850     DynamicData.push_back(Info.LHS);
1851     DynamicData.push_back(Info.RHS);
1852   }
1853 
1854   CGF.EmitCheck(Checks, Check, StaticData, DynamicData);
1855 }
1856 
1857 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1858 //                            Visitor Methods
1859 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1860 
1861 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
1862   CGF.ErrorUnsupported(E, "scalar expression");
1863   if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
1864     return nullptr;
1865   return llvm::PoisonValue::get(CGF.ConvertType(E->getType()));
1866 }
1867 
1868 Value *
1869 ScalarExprEmitter::VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E) {
1870   ASTContext &Context = CGF.getContext();
1871   unsigned AddrSpace =
1872       Context.getTargetAddressSpace(CGF.CGM.GetGlobalConstantAddressSpace());
1873   llvm::Constant *GlobalConstStr = Builder.CreateGlobalString(
1874       E->ComputeName(Context), "__usn_str", AddrSpace);
1875 
1876   llvm::Type *ExprTy = ConvertType(E->getType());
1877   return Builder.CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(GlobalConstStr, ExprTy,
1878                                                      "usn_addr_cast");
1879 }
1880 
1881 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitEmbedExpr(EmbedExpr *E) {
1882   assert(E->getDataElementCount() == 1);
1883   auto It = E->begin();
1884   return Builder.getInt((*It)->getValue());
1885 }
1886 
1887 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitShuffleVectorExpr(ShuffleVectorExpr *E) {
1888   // Vector Mask Case
1889   if (E->getNumSubExprs() == 2) {
1890     Value *LHS = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getExpr(0));
1891     Value *RHS = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getExpr(1));
1892     Value *Mask;
1893 
1894     auto *LTy = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(LHS->getType());
1895     unsigned LHSElts = LTy->getNumElements();
1896 
1897     Mask = RHS;
1898 
1899     auto *MTy = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(Mask->getType());
1900 
1901     // Mask off the high bits of each shuffle index.
1902     Value *MaskBits =
1903         llvm::ConstantInt::get(MTy, llvm::NextPowerOf2(LHSElts - 1) - 1);
1904     Mask = Builder.CreateAnd(Mask, MaskBits, "mask");
1905 
1906     // newv = undef
1907     // mask = mask & maskbits
1908     // for each elt
1909     //   n = extract mask i
1910     //   x = extract val n
1911     //   newv = insert newv, x, i
1912     auto *RTy = llvm::FixedVectorType::get(LTy->getElementType(),
1913                                            MTy->getNumElements());
1914     Value* NewV = llvm::PoisonValue::get(RTy);
1915     for (unsigned i = 0, e = MTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
1916       Value *IIndx = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, i);
1917       Value *Indx = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Mask, IIndx, "shuf_idx");
1918 
1919       Value *VExt = Builder.CreateExtractElement(LHS, Indx, "shuf_elt");
1920       NewV = Builder.CreateInsertElement(NewV, VExt, IIndx, "shuf_ins");
1921     }
1922     return NewV;
1923   }
1924 
1925   Value* V1 = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getExpr(0));
1926   Value* V2 = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getExpr(1));
1927 
1928   SmallVector<int, 32> Indices;
1929   for (unsigned i = 2; i < E->getNumSubExprs(); ++i) {
1930     llvm::APSInt Idx = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(i - 2);
1931     // Check for -1 and output it as undef in the IR.
1932     if (Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isAllOnes())
1933       Indices.push_back(-1);
1934     else
1935       Indices.push_back(Idx.getZExtValue());
1936   }
1937 
1938   return Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V1, V2, Indices, "shuffle");
1939 }
1940 
1941 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitConvertVectorExpr(ConvertVectorExpr *E) {
1942   QualType SrcType = E->getSrcExpr()->getType(),
1943            DstType = E->getType();
1944 
1945   Value *Src  = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getSrcExpr());
1946 
1947   SrcType = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(SrcType);
1948   DstType = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(DstType);
1949   if (SrcType == DstType) return Src;
1950 
1951   assert(SrcType->isVectorType() &&
1952          "ConvertVector source type must be a vector");
1953   assert(DstType->isVectorType() &&
1954          "ConvertVector destination type must be a vector");
1955 
1956   llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
1957   llvm::Type *DstTy = ConvertType(DstType);
1958 
1959   // Ignore conversions like int -> uint.
1960   if (SrcTy == DstTy)
1961     return Src;
1962 
1963   QualType SrcEltType = SrcType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(),
1964            DstEltType = DstType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
1965 
1966   assert(SrcTy->isVectorTy() &&
1967          "ConvertVector source IR type must be a vector");
1968   assert(DstTy->isVectorTy() &&
1969          "ConvertVector destination IR type must be a vector");
1970 
1971   llvm::Type *SrcEltTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)->getElementType(),
1972              *DstEltTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementType();
1973 
1974   if (DstEltType->isBooleanType()) {
1975     assert((SrcEltTy->isFloatingPointTy() ||
1976             isa<llvm::IntegerType>(SrcEltTy)) && "Unknown boolean conversion");
1977 
1978     llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy);
1979     if (SrcEltTy->isFloatingPointTy()) {
1980       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptions(CGF, E);
1981       return Builder.CreateFCmpUNE(Src, Zero, "tobool");
1982     } else {
1983       return Builder.CreateICmpNE(Src, Zero, "tobool");
1984     }
1985   }
1986 
1987   // We have the arithmetic types: real int/float.
1988   Value *Res = nullptr;
1989 
1990   if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(SrcEltTy)) {
1991     bool InputSigned = SrcEltType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
1992     if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstEltTy))
1993       Res = Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, DstTy, InputSigned, "conv");
1994     else {
1995       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptions(CGF, E);
1996       if (InputSigned)
1997         Res = Builder.CreateSIToFP(Src, DstTy, "conv");
1998       else
1999         Res = Builder.CreateUIToFP(Src, DstTy, "conv");
2000     }
2001   } else if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstEltTy)) {
2002     assert(SrcEltTy->isFloatingPointTy() && "Unknown real conversion");
2003     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptions(CGF, E);
2004     if (DstEltType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
2005       Res = Builder.CreateFPToSI(Src, DstTy, "conv");
2006     else
2007       Res = Builder.CreateFPToUI(Src, DstTy, "conv");
2008   } else {
2009     assert(SrcEltTy->isFloatingPointTy() && DstEltTy->isFloatingPointTy() &&
2010            "Unknown real conversion");
2011     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptions(CGF, E);
2012     if (DstEltTy->getTypeID() < SrcEltTy->getTypeID())
2013       Res = Builder.CreateFPTrunc(Src, DstTy, "conv");
2014     else
2015       Res = Builder.CreateFPExt(Src, DstTy, "conv");
2016   }
2017 
2018   return Res;
2019 }
2020 
2021 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
2022   if (CodeGenFunction::ConstantEmission Constant = CGF.tryEmitAsConstant(E)) {
2023     CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E->getBase());
2024     return CGF.emitScalarConstant(Constant, E);
2025   } else {
2026     Expr::EvalResult Result;
2027     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Result, CGF.getContext(), Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
2028       llvm::APSInt Value = Result.Val.getInt();
2029       CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E->getBase());
2030       return Builder.getInt(Value);
2031     }
2032   }
2033 
2034   llvm::Value *Result = EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
2035 
2036   // If -fdebug-info-for-profiling is specified, emit a pseudo variable and its
2037   // debug info for the pointer, even if there is no variable associated with
2038   // the pointer's expression.
2039   if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().DebugInfoForProfiling && CGF.getDebugInfo()) {
2040     if (llvm::LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<llvm::LoadInst>(Result)) {
2041       if (llvm::GetElementPtrInst *GEP =
2042               dyn_cast<llvm::GetElementPtrInst>(Load->getPointerOperand())) {
2043         if (llvm::Instruction *Pointer =
2044                 dyn_cast<llvm::Instruction>(GEP->getPointerOperand())) {
2045           QualType Ty = E->getBase()->getType();
2046           if (!E->isArrow())
2047             Ty = CGF.getContext().getPointerType(Ty);
2048           CGF.getDebugInfo()->EmitPseudoVariable(Builder, Pointer, Ty);
2049         }
2050       }
2051     }
2052   }
2053   return Result;
2054 }
2055 
2056 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
2057   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
2058 
2059   // Emit subscript expressions in rvalue context's.  For most cases, this just
2060   // loads the lvalue formed by the subscript expr.  However, we have to be
2061   // careful, because the base of a vector subscript is occasionally an rvalue,
2062   // so we can't get it as an lvalue.
2063   if (!E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() &&
2064       !E->getBase()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType())
2065     return EmitLoadOfLValue(E);
2066 
2067   // Handle the vector case.  The base must be a vector, the index must be an
2068   // integer value.
2069   Value *Base = Visit(E->getBase());
2070   Value *Idx  = Visit(E->getIdx());
2071   QualType IdxTy = E->getIdx()->getType();
2072 
2073   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds))
2074     CGF.EmitBoundsCheck(E, E->getBase(), Idx, IdxTy, /*Accessed*/true);
2075 
2076   return Builder.CreateExtractElement(Base, Idx, "vecext");
2077 }
2078 
2079 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitMatrixSubscriptExpr(MatrixSubscriptExpr *E) {
2080   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
2081 
2082   // Handle the vector case.  The base must be a vector, the index must be an
2083   // integer value.
2084   Value *RowIdx = CGF.EmitMatrixIndexExpr(E->getRowIdx());
2085   Value *ColumnIdx = CGF.EmitMatrixIndexExpr(E->getColumnIdx());
2086 
2087   const auto *MatrixTy = E->getBase()->getType()->castAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
2088   unsigned NumRows = MatrixTy->getNumRows();
2089   llvm::MatrixBuilder MB(Builder);
2090   Value *Idx = MB.CreateIndex(RowIdx, ColumnIdx, NumRows);
2091   if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel > 0)
2092     MB.CreateIndexAssumption(Idx, MatrixTy->getNumElementsFlattened());
2093 
2094   Value *Matrix = Visit(E->getBase());
2095 
2096   // TODO: Should we emit bounds checks with SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds?
2097   return Builder.CreateExtractElement(Matrix, Idx, "matrixext");
2098 }
2099 
2100 static int getMaskElt(llvm::ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Idx,
2101                       unsigned Off) {
2102   int MV = SVI->getMaskValue(Idx);
2103   if (MV == -1)
2104     return -1;
2105   return Off + MV;
2106 }
2107 
2108 static int getAsInt32(llvm::ConstantInt *C, llvm::Type *I32Ty) {
2109   assert(llvm::ConstantInt::isValueValidForType(I32Ty, C->getZExtValue()) &&
2110          "Index operand too large for shufflevector mask!");
2111   return C->getZExtValue();
2112 }
2113 
2114 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *E) {
2115   bool Ignore = TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
2116   (void)Ignore;
2117   unsigned NumInitElements = E->getNumInits();
2118   assert(Ignore == false ||
2119          (NumInitElements == 0 && E->getType()->isVoidType()) &&
2120              "init list ignored");
2121 
2122   // HLSL initialization lists in the AST are an expansion which can contain
2123   // side-effecting expressions wrapped in opaque value expressions. To properly
2124   // emit these we need to emit the opaque values before we emit the argument
2125   // expressions themselves. This is a little hacky, but it prevents us needing
2126   // to do a bigger AST-level change for a language feature that we need
2127   // deprecate in the near future. See related HLSL language proposals in the
2128   // proposals (https://github.com/microsoft/hlsl-specs/blob/main/proposals):
2129   // * 0005-strict-initializer-lists.md
2130   // * 0032-constructors.md
2131   if (CGF.getLangOpts().HLSL)
2132     CGF.CGM.getHLSLRuntime().emitInitListOpaqueValues(CGF, E);
2133 
2134   if (E->hadArrayRangeDesignator())
2135     CGF.ErrorUnsupported(E, "GNU array range designator extension");
2136 
2137   llvm::VectorType *VType =
2138     dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(ConvertType(E->getType()));
2139 
2140   if (!VType) {
2141     if (NumInitElements == 0) {
2142       // C++11 value-initialization for the scalar.
2143       return EmitNullValue(E->getType());
2144     }
2145     // We have a scalar in braces. Just use the first element.
2146     return Visit(E->getInit(0));
2147   }
2148 
2149   if (isa<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(VType)) {
2150     if (NumInitElements == 0) {
2151       // C++11 value-initialization for the vector.
2152       return EmitNullValue(E->getType());
2153     }
2154 
2155     if (NumInitElements == 1) {
2156       Expr *InitVector = E->getInit(0);
2157 
2158       // Initialize from another scalable vector of the same type.
2159       if (InitVector->getType().getCanonicalType() ==
2160           E->getType().getCanonicalType())
2161         return Visit(InitVector);
2162     }
2163 
2164     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected initialization of a scalable vector!");
2165   }
2166 
2167   unsigned ResElts = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(VType)->getNumElements();
2168 
2169   // Loop over initializers collecting the Value for each, and remembering
2170   // whether the source was swizzle (ExtVectorElementExpr).  This will allow
2171   // us to fold the shuffle for the swizzle into the shuffle for the vector
2172   // initializer, since LLVM optimizers generally do not want to touch
2173   // shuffles.
2174   unsigned CurIdx = 0;
2175   bool VIsPoisonShuffle = false;
2176   llvm::Value *V = llvm::PoisonValue::get(VType);
2177   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumInitElements; ++i) {
2178     Expr *IE = E->getInit(i);
2179     Value *Init = Visit(IE);
2180     SmallVector<int, 16> Args;
2181 
2182     llvm::VectorType *VVT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(Init->getType());
2183 
2184     // Handle scalar elements.  If the scalar initializer is actually one
2185     // element of a different vector of the same width, use shuffle instead of
2186     // extract+insert.
2187     if (!VVT) {
2188       if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(IE)) {
2189         llvm::ExtractElementInst *EI = cast<llvm::ExtractElementInst>(Init);
2190 
2191         if (cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(EI->getVectorOperandType())
2192                 ->getNumElements() == ResElts) {
2193           llvm::ConstantInt *C = cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(EI->getIndexOperand());
2194           Value *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
2195           if (CurIdx == 0) {
2196             // insert into poison -> shuffle (src, poison)
2197             // shufflemask must use an i32
2198             Args.push_back(getAsInt32(C, CGF.Int32Ty));
2199             Args.resize(ResElts, -1);
2200 
2201             LHS = EI->getVectorOperand();
2202             RHS = V;
2203             VIsPoisonShuffle = true;
2204           } else if (VIsPoisonShuffle) {
2205             // insert into poison shuffle && size match -> shuffle (v, src)
2206             llvm::ShuffleVectorInst *SVV = cast<llvm::ShuffleVectorInst>(V);
2207             for (unsigned j = 0; j != CurIdx; ++j)
2208               Args.push_back(getMaskElt(SVV, j, 0));
2209             Args.push_back(ResElts + C->getZExtValue());
2210             Args.resize(ResElts, -1);
2211 
2212             LHS = cast<llvm::ShuffleVectorInst>(V)->getOperand(0);
2213             RHS = EI->getVectorOperand();
2214             VIsPoisonShuffle = false;
2215           }
2216           if (!Args.empty()) {
2217             V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(LHS, RHS, Args);
2218             ++CurIdx;
2219             continue;
2220           }
2221         }
2222       }
2223       V = Builder.CreateInsertElement(V, Init, Builder.getInt32(CurIdx),
2224                                       "vecinit");
2225       VIsPoisonShuffle = false;
2226       ++CurIdx;
2227       continue;
2228     }
2229 
2230     unsigned InitElts = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(VVT)->getNumElements();
2231 
2232     // If the initializer is an ExtVecEltExpr (a swizzle), and the swizzle's
2233     // input is the same width as the vector being constructed, generate an
2234     // optimized shuffle of the swizzle input into the result.
2235     unsigned Offset = (CurIdx == 0) ? 0 : ResElts;
2236     if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(IE)) {
2237       llvm::ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = cast<llvm::ShuffleVectorInst>(Init);
2238       Value *SVOp = SVI->getOperand(0);
2239       auto *OpTy = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(SVOp->getType());
2240 
2241       if (OpTy->getNumElements() == ResElts) {
2242         for (unsigned j = 0; j != CurIdx; ++j) {
2243           // If the current vector initializer is a shuffle with poison, merge
2244           // this shuffle directly into it.
2245           if (VIsPoisonShuffle) {
2246             Args.push_back(getMaskElt(cast<llvm::ShuffleVectorInst>(V), j, 0));
2247           } else {
2248             Args.push_back(j);
2249           }
2250         }
2251         for (unsigned j = 0, je = InitElts; j != je; ++j)
2252           Args.push_back(getMaskElt(SVI, j, Offset));
2253         Args.resize(ResElts, -1);
2254 
2255         if (VIsPoisonShuffle)
2256           V = cast<llvm::ShuffleVectorInst>(V)->getOperand(0);
2257 
2258         Init = SVOp;
2259       }
2260     }
2261 
2262     // Extend init to result vector length, and then shuffle its contribution
2263     // to the vector initializer into V.
2264     if (Args.empty()) {
2265       for (unsigned j = 0; j != InitElts; ++j)
2266         Args.push_back(j);
2267       Args.resize(ResElts, -1);
2268       Init = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Init, Args, "vext");
2269 
2270       Args.clear();
2271       for (unsigned j = 0; j != CurIdx; ++j)
2272         Args.push_back(j);
2273       for (unsigned j = 0; j != InitElts; ++j)
2274         Args.push_back(j + Offset);
2275       Args.resize(ResElts, -1);
2276     }
2277 
2278     // If V is poison, make sure it ends up on the RHS of the shuffle to aid
2279     // merging subsequent shuffles into this one.
2280     if (CurIdx == 0)
2281       std::swap(V, Init);
2282     V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, Init, Args, "vecinit");
2283     VIsPoisonShuffle = isa<llvm::PoisonValue>(Init);
2284     CurIdx += InitElts;
2285   }
2286 
2287   // FIXME: evaluate codegen vs. shuffling against constant null vector.
2288   // Emit remaining default initializers.
2289   llvm::Type *EltTy = VType->getElementType();
2290 
2291   // Emit remaining default initializers
2292   for (/* Do not initialize i*/; CurIdx < ResElts; ++CurIdx) {
2293     Value *Idx = Builder.getInt32(CurIdx);
2294     llvm::Value *Init = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(EltTy);
2295     V = Builder.CreateInsertElement(V, Init, Idx, "vecinit");
2296   }
2297   return V;
2298 }
2299 
2300 static bool isDeclRefKnownNonNull(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const ValueDecl *D) {
2301   return !D->isWeak();
2302 }
2303 
2304 static bool isLValueKnownNonNull(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Expr *E) {
2305   E = E->IgnoreParens();
2306 
2307   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
2308     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
2309       return CGF.isPointerKnownNonNull(UO->getSubExpr());
2310 
2311   if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2312     return isDeclRefKnownNonNull(CGF, DRE->getDecl());
2313 
2314   if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
2315     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2316       return true;
2317     return isDeclRefKnownNonNull(CGF, ME->getMemberDecl());
2318   }
2319 
2320   // Array subscripts?  Anything else?
2321 
2322   return false;
2323 }
2324 
2325 bool CodeGenFunction::isPointerKnownNonNull(const Expr *E) {
2326   assert(E->getType()->isSignableType(getContext()));
2327 
2328   E = E->IgnoreParens();
2329 
2330   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E))
2331     return true;
2332 
2333   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
2334     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
2335       return isLValueKnownNonNull(*this, UO->getSubExpr());
2336 
2337   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E))
2338     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay ||
2339         CE->getCastKind() == CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
2340       return isLValueKnownNonNull(*this, CE->getSubExpr());
2341 
2342   // Maybe honor __nonnull?
2343 
2344   return false;
2345 }
2346 
2347 bool CodeGenFunction::ShouldNullCheckClassCastValue(const CastExpr *CE) {
2348   const Expr *E = CE->getSubExpr();
2349 
2350   if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)
2351     return false;
2352 
2353   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
2354     // We always assume that 'this' is never null.
2355     return false;
2356   }
2357 
2358   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(CE)) {
2359     // And that glvalue casts are never null.
2360     if (ICE->isGLValue())
2361       return false;
2362   }
2363 
2364   return true;
2365 }
2366 
2367 // RHS is an aggregate type
2368 static Value *EmitHLSLElementwiseCast(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address RHSVal,
2369                                       QualType RHSTy, QualType LHSTy,
2370                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
2371   SmallVector<std::pair<Address, llvm::Value *>, 16> LoadGEPList;
2372   SmallVector<QualType, 16> SrcTypes; // Flattened type
2373   CGF.FlattenAccessAndType(RHSVal, RHSTy, LoadGEPList, SrcTypes);
2374   // LHS is either a vector or a builtin?
2375   // if its a vector create a temp alloca to store into and return that
2376   if (auto *VecTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2377     assert(SrcTypes.size() >= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2378            "Flattened type on RHS must have more elements than vector on LHS.");
2379     llvm::Value *V =
2380         CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.CreateIRTemp(LHSTy, "flatcast.tmp"));
2381     // write to V.
2382     for (unsigned I = 0, E = VecTy->getNumElements(); I < E; I++) {
2383       llvm::Value *Load = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadGEPList[I].first, "load");
2384       llvm::Value *Idx = LoadGEPList[I].second;
2385       Load = Idx ? CGF.Builder.CreateExtractElement(Load, Idx, "vec.extract")
2386                  : Load;
2387       llvm::Value *Cast = CGF.EmitScalarConversion(
2388           Load, SrcTypes[I], VecTy->getElementType(), Loc);
2389       V = CGF.Builder.CreateInsertElement(V, Cast, I);
2390     }
2391     return V;
2392   }
2393   // i its a builtin just do an extract element or load.
2394   assert(LHSTy->isBuiltinType() &&
2395          "Destination type must be a vector or builtin type.");
2396   llvm::Value *Load = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadGEPList[0].first, "load");
2397   llvm::Value *Idx = LoadGEPList[0].second;
2398   Load =
2399       Idx ? CGF.Builder.CreateExtractElement(Load, Idx, "vec.extract") : Load;
2400   return CGF.EmitScalarConversion(Load, LHSTy, SrcTypes[0], Loc);
2401 }
2402 
2403 // VisitCastExpr - Emit code for an explicit or implicit cast.  Implicit casts
2404 // have to handle a more broad range of conversions than explicit casts, as they
2405 // handle things like function to ptr-to-function decay etc.
2406 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *CE) {
2407   Expr *E = CE->getSubExpr();
2408   QualType DestTy = CE->getType();
2409   CastKind Kind = CE->getCastKind();
2410   CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptions(CGF, CE);
2411 
2412   // These cases are generally not written to ignore the result of
2413   // evaluating their sub-expressions, so we clear this now.
2414   bool Ignored = TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
2415 
2416   // Since almost all cast kinds apply to scalars, this switch doesn't have
2417   // a default case, so the compiler will warn on a missing case.  The cases
2418   // are in the same order as in the CastKind enum.
2419   switch (Kind) {
2420   case CK_Dependent: llvm_unreachable("dependent cast kind in IR gen!");
2421   case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr:
2422     llvm_unreachable("builtin functions are handled elsewhere");
2423 
2424   case CK_LValueBitCast:
2425   case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast: {
2426     Address Addr = EmitLValue(E).getAddress();
2427     Addr = Addr.withElementType(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(DestTy));
2428     LValue LV = CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, DestTy);
2429     return EmitLoadOfLValue(LV, CE->getExprLoc());
2430   }
2431 
2432   case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: {
2433     LValue SourceLVal = CGF.EmitLValue(E);
2434     Address Addr =
2435         SourceLVal.getAddress().withElementType(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(DestTy));
2436     LValue DestLV = CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, DestTy);
2437     DestLV.setTBAAInfo(TBAAAccessInfo::getMayAliasInfo());
2438     return EmitLoadOfLValue(DestLV, CE->getExprLoc());
2439   }
2440 
2441   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
2442   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
2443   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
2444   case CK_BitCast: {
2445     Value *Src = Visit(E);
2446     llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
2447     llvm::Type *DstTy = ConvertType(DestTy);
2448 
2449     // FIXME: this is a gross but seemingly necessary workaround for an issue
2450     // manifesting when a target uses a non-default AS for indirect sret args,
2451     // but the source HLL is generic, wherein a valid C-cast or reinterpret_cast
2452     // on the address of a local struct that gets returned by value yields an
2453     // invalid bitcast from the a pointer to the IndirectAS to a pointer to the
2454     // DefaultAS. We can only do this subversive thing because sret args are
2455     // manufactured and them residing in the IndirectAS is a target specific
2456     // detail, and doing an AS cast here still retains the semantics the user
2457     // expects. It is desirable to remove this iff a better solution is found.
2458     if (auto A = dyn_cast<llvm::Argument>(Src); A && A->hasStructRetAttr())
2459       return CGF.CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo().performAddrSpaceCast(
2460           CGF, Src, E->getType().getAddressSpace(), DstTy);
2461 
2462     assert(
2463         (!SrcTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() || !DstTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() ||
2464          SrcTy->getPointerAddressSpace() == DstTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) &&
2465         "Address-space cast must be used to convert address spaces");
2466 
2467     if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::CFIUnrelatedCast)) {
2468       if (auto *PT = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2469         CGF.EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(
2470             PT->getPointeeType(),
2471             Address(Src,
2472                     CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(
2473                         E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()),
2474                     CGF.getPointerAlign()),
2475             /*MayBeNull=*/true, CodeGenFunction::CFITCK_UnrelatedCast,
2476             CE->getBeginLoc());
2477       }
2478     }
2479 
2480     if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictVTablePointers) {
2481       const QualType SrcType = E->getType();
2482 
2483       if (SrcType.mayBeNotDynamicClass() && DestTy.mayBeDynamicClass()) {
2484         // Casting to pointer that could carry dynamic information (provided by
2485         // invariant.group) requires launder.
2486         Src = Builder.CreateLaunderInvariantGroup(Src);
2487       } else if (SrcType.mayBeDynamicClass() && DestTy.mayBeNotDynamicClass()) {
2488         // Casting to pointer that does not carry dynamic information (provided
2489         // by invariant.group) requires stripping it.  Note that we don't do it
2490         // if the source could not be dynamic type and destination could be
2491         // dynamic because dynamic information is already laundered.  It is
2492         // because launder(strip(src)) == launder(src), so there is no need to
2493         // add extra strip before launder.
2494         Src = Builder.CreateStripInvariantGroup(Src);
2495       }
2496     }
2497 
2498     // Update heapallocsite metadata when there is an explicit pointer cast.
2499     if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<llvm::CallBase>(Src)) {
2500       if (CI->getMetadata("heapallocsite") && isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(CE) &&
2501           !isa<CastExpr>(E)) {
2502         QualType PointeeType = DestTy->getPointeeType();
2503         if (!PointeeType.isNull())
2504           CGF.getDebugInfo()->addHeapAllocSiteMetadata(CI, PointeeType,
2505                                                        CE->getExprLoc());
2506       }
2507     }
2508 
2509     // If Src is a fixed vector and Dst is a scalable vector, and both have the
2510     // same element type, use the llvm.vector.insert intrinsic to perform the
2511     // bitcast.
2512     if (auto *FixedSrcTy = dyn_cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(SrcTy)) {
2513       if (auto *ScalableDstTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(DstTy)) {
2514         // If we are casting a fixed i8 vector to a scalable i1 predicate
2515         // vector, use a vector insert and bitcast the result.
2516         if (ScalableDstTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
2517             FixedSrcTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
2518           ScalableDstTy = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
2519               FixedSrcTy->getElementType(),
2520               llvm::divideCeil(
2521                   ScalableDstTy->getElementCount().getKnownMinValue(), 8));
2522         }
2523         if (FixedSrcTy->getElementType() == ScalableDstTy->getElementType()) {
2524           llvm::Value *PoisonVec = llvm::PoisonValue::get(ScalableDstTy);
2525           llvm::Value *Result = Builder.CreateInsertVector(
2526               ScalableDstTy, PoisonVec, Src, uint64_t(0), "cast.scalable");
2527           ScalableDstTy = cast<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(
2528               llvm::VectorType::getWithSizeAndScalar(ScalableDstTy, DstTy));
2529           if (Result->getType() != ScalableDstTy)
2530             Result = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, ScalableDstTy);
2531           if (Result->getType() != DstTy)
2532             Result = Builder.CreateExtractVector(DstTy, Result, uint64_t(0));
2533           return Result;
2534         }
2535       }
2536     }
2537 
2538     // If Src is a scalable vector and Dst is a fixed vector, and both have the
2539     // same element type, use the llvm.vector.extract intrinsic to perform the
2540     // bitcast.
2541     if (auto *ScalableSrcTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(SrcTy)) {
2542       if (auto *FixedDstTy = dyn_cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(DstTy)) {
2543         // If we are casting a scalable i1 predicate vector to a fixed i8
2544         // vector, bitcast the source and use a vector extract.
2545         if (ScalableSrcTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
2546             FixedDstTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
2547           if (!ScalableSrcTy->getElementCount().isKnownMultipleOf(8)) {
2548             ScalableSrcTy = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
2549                 ScalableSrcTy->getElementType(),
2550                 llvm::alignTo<8>(
2551                     ScalableSrcTy->getElementCount().getKnownMinValue()));
2552             llvm::Value *ZeroVec = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ScalableSrcTy);
2553             Src = Builder.CreateInsertVector(ScalableSrcTy, ZeroVec, Src,
2554                                              uint64_t(0));
2555           }
2556 
2557           ScalableSrcTy = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
2558               FixedDstTy->getElementType(),
2559               ScalableSrcTy->getElementCount().getKnownMinValue() / 8);
2560           Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, ScalableSrcTy);
2561         }
2562         if (ScalableSrcTy->getElementType() == FixedDstTy->getElementType())
2563           return Builder.CreateExtractVector(DstTy, Src, uint64_t(0),
2564                                              "cast.fixed");
2565       }
2566     }
2567 
2568     // Perform VLAT <-> VLST bitcast through memory.
2569     // TODO: since the llvm.vector.{insert,extract} intrinsics
2570     //       require the element types of the vectors to be the same, we
2571     //       need to keep this around for bitcasts between VLAT <-> VLST where
2572     //       the element types of the vectors are not the same, until we figure
2573     //       out a better way of doing these casts.
2574     if ((isa<llvm::FixedVectorType>(SrcTy) &&
2575          isa<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(DstTy)) ||
2576         (isa<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(SrcTy) &&
2577          isa<llvm::FixedVectorType>(DstTy))) {
2578       Address Addr = CGF.CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca(SrcTy, "saved-value");
2579       LValue LV = CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, E->getType());
2580       CGF.EmitStoreOfScalar(Src, LV);
2581       Addr = Addr.withElementType(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(DestTy));
2582       LValue DestLV = CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, DestTy);
2583       DestLV.setTBAAInfo(TBAAAccessInfo::getMayAliasInfo());
2584       return EmitLoadOfLValue(DestLV, CE->getExprLoc());
2585     }
2586 
2587     llvm::Value *Result = Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, DstTy);
2588     return CGF.authPointerToPointerCast(Result, E->getType(), DestTy);
2589   }
2590   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: {
2591     Expr::EvalResult Result;
2592     if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(Result, CGF.getContext()) &&
2593         Result.Val.isNullPointer()) {
2594       // If E has side effect, it is emitted even if its final result is a
2595       // null pointer. In that case, a DCE pass should be able to
2596       // eliminate the useless instructions emitted during translating E.
2597       if (Result.HasSideEffects)
2598         Visit(E);
2599       return CGF.CGM.getNullPointer(cast<llvm::PointerType>(
2600           ConvertType(DestTy)), DestTy);
2601     }
2602     // Since target may map different address spaces in AST to the same address
2603     // space, an address space conversion may end up as a bitcast.
2604     return CGF.CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo().performAddrSpaceCast(
2605         CGF, Visit(E), E->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(),
2606         ConvertType(DestTy));
2607   }
2608   case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
2609   case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
2610   case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
2611     return Visit(E);
2612 
2613   case CK_NoOp: {
2614     return CE->changesVolatileQualification() ? EmitLoadOfLValue(CE) : Visit(E);
2615   }
2616 
2617   case CK_BaseToDerived: {
2618     const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClassDecl = DestTy->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
2619     assert(DerivedClassDecl && "BaseToDerived arg isn't a C++ object pointer!");
2620 
2621     Address Base = CGF.EmitPointerWithAlignment(E);
2622     Address Derived =
2623       CGF.GetAddressOfDerivedClass(Base, DerivedClassDecl,
2624                                    CE->path_begin(), CE->path_end(),
2625                                    CGF.ShouldNullCheckClassCastValue(CE));
2626 
2627     // C++11 [expr.static.cast]p11: Behavior is undefined if a downcast is
2628     // performed and the object is not of the derived type.
2629     if (CGF.sanitizePerformTypeCheck())
2630       CGF.EmitTypeCheck(CodeGenFunction::TCK_DowncastPointer, CE->getExprLoc(),
2631                         Derived, DestTy->getPointeeType());
2632 
2633     if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::CFIDerivedCast))
2634       CGF.EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(DestTy->getPointeeType(), Derived,
2635                                     /*MayBeNull=*/true,
2636                                     CodeGenFunction::CFITCK_DerivedCast,
2637                                     CE->getBeginLoc());
2638 
2639     return CGF.getAsNaturalPointerTo(Derived, CE->getType()->getPointeeType());
2640   }
2641   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
2642   case CK_DerivedToBase: {
2643     // The EmitPointerWithAlignment path does this fine; just discard
2644     // the alignment.
2645     return CGF.getAsNaturalPointerTo(CGF.EmitPointerWithAlignment(CE),
2646                                      CE->getType()->getPointeeType());
2647   }
2648 
2649   case CK_Dynamic: {
2650     Address V = CGF.EmitPointerWithAlignment(E);
2651     const CXXDynamicCastExpr *DCE = cast<CXXDynamicCastExpr>(CE);
2652     return CGF.EmitDynamicCast(V, DCE);
2653   }
2654 
2655   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
2656     return CGF.getAsNaturalPointerTo(CGF.EmitArrayToPointerDecay(E),
2657                                      CE->getType()->getPointeeType());
2658   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
2659     return EmitLValue(E).getPointer(CGF);
2660 
2661   case CK_NullToPointer:
2662     if (MustVisitNullValue(E))
2663       CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E);
2664 
2665     return CGF.CGM.getNullPointer(cast<llvm::PointerType>(ConvertType(DestTy)),
2666                               DestTy);
2667 
2668   case CK_NullToMemberPointer: {
2669     if (MustVisitNullValue(E))
2670       CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E);
2671 
2672     const MemberPointerType *MPT = CE->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2673     return CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().EmitNullMemberPointer(MPT);
2674   }
2675 
2676   case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer:
2677   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer:
2678   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: {
2679     Value *Src = Visit(E);
2680 
2681     // Note that the AST doesn't distinguish between checked and
2682     // unchecked member pointer conversions, so we always have to
2683     // implement checked conversions here.  This is inefficient when
2684     // actual control flow may be required in order to perform the
2685     // check, which it is for data member pointers (but not member
2686     // function pointers on Itanium and ARM).
2687     return CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().EmitMemberPointerConversion(CGF, CE, Src);
2688   }
2689 
2690   case CK_ARCProduceObject:
2691     return CGF.EmitARCRetainScalarExpr(E);
2692   case CK_ARCConsumeObject:
2693     return CGF.EmitObjCConsumeObject(E->getType(), Visit(E));
2694   case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
2695     return CGF.EmitARCReclaimReturnedObject(E, /*allowUnsafe*/ Ignored);
2696   case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject:
2697     return CGF.EmitARCExtendBlockObject(E);
2698 
2699   case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject:
2700     return CGF.EmitBlockCopyAndAutorelease(Visit(E), E->getType());
2701 
2702   case CK_FloatingRealToComplex:
2703   case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
2704   case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
2705   case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
2706   case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
2707   case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex:
2708   case CK_ConstructorConversion:
2709   case CK_ToUnion:
2710   case CK_HLSLArrayRValue:
2711     llvm_unreachable("scalar cast to non-scalar value");
2712 
2713   case CK_LValueToRValue:
2714     assert(CGF.getContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(), DestTy));
2715     assert(E->isGLValue() && "lvalue-to-rvalue applied to r-value!");
2716     return Visit(E);
2717 
2718   case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
2719     Value *Src = Visit(E);
2720 
2721     // First, convert to the correct width so that we control the kind of
2722     // extension.
2723     auto DestLLVMTy = ConvertType(DestTy);
2724     llvm::Type *MiddleTy = CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(DestLLVMTy);
2725     bool InputSigned = E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
2726     llvm::Value* IntResult =
2727       Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, MiddleTy, InputSigned, "conv");
2728 
2729     auto *IntToPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(IntResult, DestLLVMTy);
2730 
2731     if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictVTablePointers) {
2732       // Going from integer to pointer that could be dynamic requires reloading
2733       // dynamic information from invariant.group.
2734       if (DestTy.mayBeDynamicClass())
2735         IntToPtr = Builder.CreateLaunderInvariantGroup(IntToPtr);
2736     }
2737 
2738     IntToPtr = CGF.authPointerToPointerCast(IntToPtr, E->getType(), DestTy);
2739     return IntToPtr;
2740   }
2741   case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
2742     assert(!DestTy->isBooleanType() && "bool should use PointerToBool");
2743     auto *PtrExpr = Visit(E);
2744 
2745     if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictVTablePointers) {
2746       const QualType SrcType = E->getType();
2747 
2748       // Casting to integer requires stripping dynamic information as it does
2749       // not carries it.
2750       if (SrcType.mayBeDynamicClass())
2751         PtrExpr = Builder.CreateStripInvariantGroup(PtrExpr);
2752     }
2753 
2754     PtrExpr = CGF.authPointerToPointerCast(PtrExpr, E->getType(), DestTy);
2755     return Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrExpr, ConvertType(DestTy));
2756   }
2757   case CK_ToVoid: {
2758     CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E);
2759     return nullptr;
2760   }
2761   case CK_MatrixCast: {
2762     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2763                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2764   }
2765     // CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast only handles splatting to vectors from a vec1
2766     // Casts were inserted in Sema to Cast the Src Expr to a Scalar and
2767     // To perform any necessary Scalar Cast, so this Cast can be handled
2768     // by the regular Vector Splat cast code.
2769   case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast:
2770   case CK_VectorSplat: {
2771     llvm::Type *DstTy = ConvertType(DestTy);
2772     Value *Elt = Visit(E);
2773     // Splat the element across to all elements
2774     llvm::ElementCount NumElements =
2775         cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementCount();
2776     return Builder.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, Elt, "splat");
2777   }
2778 
2779   case CK_FixedPointCast:
2780     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2781                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2782 
2783   case CK_FixedPointToBoolean:
2784     assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType() &&
2785            "Expected src type to be fixed point type");
2786     assert(DestTy->isBooleanType() && "Expected dest type to be boolean type");
2787     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2788                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2789 
2790   case CK_FixedPointToIntegral:
2791     assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType() &&
2792            "Expected src type to be fixed point type");
2793     assert(DestTy->isIntegerType() && "Expected dest type to be an integer");
2794     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2795                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2796 
2797   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint:
2798     assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2799            "Expected src type to be an integer");
2800     assert(DestTy->isFixedPointType() &&
2801            "Expected dest type to be fixed point type");
2802     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2803                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2804 
2805   case CK_IntegralCast: {
2806     if (E->getType()->isExtVectorType() && DestTy->isExtVectorType()) {
2807       QualType SrcElTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
2808       return Builder.CreateIntCast(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy),
2809                                    SrcElTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(),
2810                                    "conv");
2811     }
2812     ScalarConversionOpts Opts;
2813     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(CE)) {
2814       if (!ICE->isPartOfExplicitCast())
2815         Opts = ScalarConversionOpts(CGF.SanOpts);
2816     }
2817     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2818                                 CE->getExprLoc(), Opts);
2819   }
2820   case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
2821     if (E->getType()->isVectorType() && DestTy->isVectorType()) {
2822       // TODO: Support constrained FP intrinsics.
2823       QualType SrcElTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
2824       if (SrcElTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
2825         return Builder.CreateSIToFP(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy), "conv");
2826       return Builder.CreateUIToFP(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy), "conv");
2827     }
2828     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, CE);
2829     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2830                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2831   }
2832   case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
2833     if (E->getType()->isVectorType() && DestTy->isVectorType()) {
2834       // TODO: Support constrained FP intrinsics.
2835       QualType DstElTy = DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
2836       if (DstElTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
2837         return Builder.CreateFPToSI(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy), "conv");
2838       return Builder.CreateFPToUI(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy), "conv");
2839     }
2840     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, CE);
2841     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2842                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2843   }
2844   case CK_FloatingCast: {
2845     if (E->getType()->isVectorType() && DestTy->isVectorType()) {
2846       // TODO: Support constrained FP intrinsics.
2847       QualType SrcElTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
2848       QualType DstElTy = DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
2849       if (DstElTy->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() <
2850           SrcElTy->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind())
2851         return Builder.CreateFPTrunc(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy), "conv");
2852       return Builder.CreateFPExt(Visit(E), ConvertType(DestTy), "conv");
2853     }
2854     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, CE);
2855     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2856                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2857   }
2858   case CK_FixedPointToFloating:
2859   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
2860     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, CE);
2861     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2862                                 CE->getExprLoc());
2863   }
2864   case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: {
2865     ScalarConversionOpts Opts;
2866     Opts.TreatBooleanAsSigned = true;
2867     return EmitScalarConversion(Visit(E), E->getType(), DestTy,
2868                                 CE->getExprLoc(), Opts);
2869   }
2870   case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
2871     return EmitIntToBoolConversion(Visit(E));
2872   case CK_PointerToBoolean:
2873     return EmitPointerToBoolConversion(Visit(E), E->getType());
2874   case CK_FloatingToBoolean: {
2875     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, CE);
2876     return EmitFloatToBoolConversion(Visit(E));
2877   }
2878   case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: {
2879     llvm::Value *MemPtr = Visit(E);
2880     const MemberPointerType *MPT = E->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2881     return CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().EmitMemberPointerIsNotNull(CGF, MemPtr, MPT);
2882   }
2883 
2884   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
2885   case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
2886     return CGF.EmitComplexExpr(E, false, true).first;
2887 
2888   case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean:
2889   case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean: {
2890     CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy V = CGF.EmitComplexExpr(E);
2891 
2892     // TODO: kill this function off, inline appropriate case here
2893     return EmitComplexToScalarConversion(V, E->getType(), DestTy,
2894                                          CE->getExprLoc());
2895   }
2896 
2897   case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType: {
2898     assert((DestTy->isEventT() || DestTy->isQueueT() ||
2899             DestTy->isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType()) &&
2900            "CK_ZeroToOCLEvent cast on non-event type");
2901     return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(DestTy));
2902   }
2903 
2904   case CK_IntToOCLSampler:
2905     return CGF.CGM.createOpenCLIntToSamplerConversion(E, CGF);
2906 
2907   case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: {
2908     assert((DestTy->isVectorType() || DestTy->isBuiltinType()) &&
2909            "Destination type must be a vector or builtin type.");
2910     Value *Vec = Visit(E);
2911     if (auto *VecTy = DestTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2912       SmallVector<int> Mask;
2913       unsigned NumElts = VecTy->getNumElements();
2914       for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElts; ++I)
2915         Mask.push_back(I);
2916 
2917       return Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Vec, Mask, "trunc");
2918     }
2919     llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(CGF.SizeTy);
2920     return Builder.CreateExtractElement(Vec, Zero, "cast.vtrunc");
2921   }
2922   case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: {
2923     RValue RV = CGF.EmitAnyExpr(E);
2924     SourceLocation Loc = CE->getExprLoc();
2925     QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
2926 
2927     assert(RV.isAggregate() && "Not a valid HLSL Elementwise Cast.");
2928     // RHS is an aggregate
2929     Address SrcVal = RV.getAggregateAddress();
2930     return EmitHLSLElementwiseCast(CGF, SrcVal, SrcTy, DestTy, Loc);
2931   }
2932   } // end of switch
2933 
2934   llvm_unreachable("unknown scalar cast");
2935 }
2936 
2937 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E) {
2938   CodeGenFunction::StmtExprEvaluation eval(CGF);
2939   Address RetAlloca = CGF.EmitCompoundStmt(*E->getSubStmt(),
2940                                            !E->getType()->isVoidType());
2941   if (!RetAlloca.isValid())
2942     return nullptr;
2943   return CGF.EmitLoadOfScalar(CGF.MakeAddrLValue(RetAlloca, E->getType()),
2944                               E->getExprLoc());
2945 }
2946 
2947 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitExprWithCleanups(ExprWithCleanups *E) {
2948   CodeGenFunction::RunCleanupsScope Scope(CGF);
2949   Value *V = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
2950   // Defend against dominance problems caused by jumps out of expression
2951   // evaluation through the shared cleanup block.
2952   Scope.ForceCleanup({&V});
2953   return V;
2954 }
2955 
2956 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2957 //                             Unary Operators
2958 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2959 
2960 static BinOpInfo createBinOpInfoFromIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E,
2961                                            llvm::Value *InVal, bool IsInc,
2962                                            FPOptions FPFeatures) {
2963   BinOpInfo BinOp;
2964   BinOp.LHS = InVal;
2965   BinOp.RHS = llvm::ConstantInt::get(InVal->getType(), 1, false);
2966   BinOp.Ty = E->getType();
2967   BinOp.Opcode = IsInc ? BO_Add : BO_Sub;
2968   BinOp.FPFeatures = FPFeatures;
2969   BinOp.E = E;
2970   return BinOp;
2971 }
2972 
2973 llvm::Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitIncDecConsiderOverflowBehavior(
2974     const UnaryOperator *E, llvm::Value *InVal, bool IsInc) {
2975   llvm::Value *Amount =
2976       llvm::ConstantInt::get(InVal->getType(), IsInc ? 1 : -1, true);
2977   StringRef Name = IsInc ? "inc" : "dec";
2978   switch (CGF.getLangOpts().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
2979   case LangOptions::SOB_Defined:
2980     if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
2981       return Builder.CreateAdd(InVal, Amount, Name);
2982     [[fallthrough]];
2983   case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
2984     if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
2985       return Builder.CreateNSWAdd(InVal, Amount, Name);
2986     [[fallthrough]];
2987   case LangOptions::SOB_Trapping:
2988     BinOpInfo Info = createBinOpInfoFromIncDec(
2989         E, InVal, IsInc, E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts()));
2990     if (!E->canOverflow() || CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), Info))
2991       return Builder.CreateNSWAdd(InVal, Amount, Name);
2992     return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(Info);
2993   }
2994   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SignedOverflowBehaviorTy");
2995 }
2996 
2997 /// For the purposes of overflow pattern exclusion, does this match the
2998 /// "while(i--)" pattern?
2999 static bool matchesPostDecrInWhile(const UnaryOperator *UO, bool isInc,
3000                                    bool isPre, ASTContext &Ctx) {
3001   if (isInc || isPre)
3002     return false;
3003 
3004   // -fsanitize-undefined-ignore-overflow-pattern=unsigned-post-decr-while
3005   if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().isOverflowPatternExcluded(
3006           LangOptions::OverflowPatternExclusionKind::PostDecrInWhile))
3007     return false;
3008 
3009   // all Parents (usually just one) must be a WhileStmt
3010   for (const auto &Parent : Ctx.getParentMapContext().getParents(*UO))
3011     if (!Parent.get<WhileStmt>())
3012       return false;
3013 
3014   return true;
3015 }
3016 
3017 namespace {
3018 /// Handles check and update for lastprivate conditional variables.
3019 class OMPLastprivateConditionalUpdateRAII {
3020 private:
3021   CodeGenFunction &CGF;
3022   const UnaryOperator *E;
3023 
3024 public:
3025   OMPLastprivateConditionalUpdateRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3026                                       const UnaryOperator *E)
3027       : CGF(CGF), E(E) {}
3028   ~OMPLastprivateConditionalUpdateRAII() {
3029     if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenMP)
3030       CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().checkAndEmitLastprivateConditional(
3031           CGF, E->getSubExpr());
3032   }
3033 };
3034 } // namespace
3035 
3036 llvm::Value *
3037 ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV,
3038                                            bool isInc, bool isPre) {
3039   ApplyAtomGroup Grp(CGF.getDebugInfo());
3040   OMPLastprivateConditionalUpdateRAII OMPRegion(CGF, E);
3041   QualType type = E->getSubExpr()->getType();
3042   llvm::PHINode *atomicPHI = nullptr;
3043   llvm::Value *value;
3044   llvm::Value *input;
3045   llvm::Value *Previous = nullptr;
3046   QualType SrcType = E->getType();
3047 
3048   int amount = (isInc ? 1 : -1);
3049   bool isSubtraction = !isInc;
3050 
3051   if (const AtomicType *atomicTy = type->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3052     type = atomicTy->getValueType();
3053     if (isInc && type->isBooleanType()) {
3054       llvm::Value *True = CGF.EmitToMemory(Builder.getTrue(), type);
3055       if (isPre) {
3056         Builder.CreateStore(True, LV.getAddress(), LV.isVolatileQualified())
3057             ->setAtomic(llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent);
3058         return Builder.getTrue();
3059       }
3060       // For atomic bool increment, we just store true and return it for
3061       // preincrement, do an atomic swap with true for postincrement
3062       return Builder.CreateAtomicRMW(
3063           llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Xchg, LV.getAddress(), True,
3064           llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent);
3065     }
3066     // Special case for atomic increment / decrement on integers, emit
3067     // atomicrmw instructions.  We skip this if we want to be doing overflow
3068     // checking, and fall into the slow path with the atomic cmpxchg loop.
3069     if (!type->isBooleanType() && type->isIntegerType() &&
3070         !(type->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
3071           CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow)) &&
3072         CGF.getLangOpts().getSignedOverflowBehavior() !=
3073             LangOptions::SOB_Trapping) {
3074       llvm::AtomicRMWInst::BinOp aop = isInc ? llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Add :
3075         llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Sub;
3076       llvm::Instruction::BinaryOps op = isInc ? llvm::Instruction::Add :
3077         llvm::Instruction::Sub;
3078       llvm::Value *amt = CGF.EmitToMemory(
3079           llvm::ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(type), 1, true), type);
3080       llvm::Value *old =
3081           Builder.CreateAtomicRMW(aop, LV.getAddress(), amt,
3082                                   llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent);
3083       return isPre ? Builder.CreateBinOp(op, old, amt) : old;
3084     }
3085     // Special case for atomic increment/decrement on floats.
3086     // Bail out non-power-of-2-sized floating point types (e.g., x86_fp80).
3087     if (type->isFloatingType()) {
3088       llvm::Type *Ty = ConvertType(type);
3089       if (llvm::has_single_bit(Ty->getScalarSizeInBits())) {
3090         llvm::AtomicRMWInst::BinOp aop =
3091             isInc ? llvm::AtomicRMWInst::FAdd : llvm::AtomicRMWInst::FSub;
3092         llvm::Instruction::BinaryOps op =
3093             isInc ? llvm::Instruction::FAdd : llvm::Instruction::FSub;
3094         llvm::Value *amt = llvm::ConstantFP::get(Ty, 1.0);
3095         llvm::AtomicRMWInst *old =
3096             CGF.emitAtomicRMWInst(aop, LV.getAddress(), amt,
3097                                   llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent);
3098 
3099         return isPre ? Builder.CreateBinOp(op, old, amt) : old;
3100       }
3101     }
3102     value = EmitLoadOfLValue(LV, E->getExprLoc());
3103     input = value;
3104     // For every other atomic operation, we need to emit a load-op-cmpxchg loop
3105     llvm::BasicBlock *startBB = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
3106     llvm::BasicBlock *opBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("atomic_op", CGF.CurFn);
3107     value = CGF.EmitToMemory(value, type);
3108     Builder.CreateBr(opBB);
3109     Builder.SetInsertPoint(opBB);
3110     atomicPHI = Builder.CreatePHI(value->getType(), 2);
3111     atomicPHI->addIncoming(value, startBB);
3112     value = atomicPHI;
3113   } else {
3114     value = EmitLoadOfLValue(LV, E->getExprLoc());
3115     input = value;
3116   }
3117 
3118   // Special case of integer increment that we have to check first: bool++.
3119   // Due to promotion rules, we get:
3120   //   bool++ -> bool = bool + 1
3121   //          -> bool = (int)bool + 1
3122   //          -> bool = ((int)bool + 1 != 0)
3123   // An interesting aspect of this is that increment is always true.
3124   // Decrement does not have this property.
3125   if (isInc && type->isBooleanType()) {
3126     value = Builder.getTrue();
3127 
3128   // Most common case by far: integer increment.
3129   } else if (type->isIntegerType()) {
3130     QualType promotedType;
3131     bool canPerformLossyDemotionCheck = false;
3132 
3133     bool excludeOverflowPattern =
3134         matchesPostDecrInWhile(E, isInc, isPre, CGF.getContext());
3135 
3136     if (CGF.getContext().isPromotableIntegerType(type)) {
3137       promotedType = CGF.getContext().getPromotedIntegerType(type);
3138       assert(promotedType != type && "Shouldn't promote to the same type.");
3139       canPerformLossyDemotionCheck = true;
3140       canPerformLossyDemotionCheck &=
3141           CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(type) !=
3142           CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(promotedType);
3143       canPerformLossyDemotionCheck &=
3144           PromotionIsPotentiallyEligibleForImplicitIntegerConversionCheck(
3145               type, promotedType);
3146       assert((!canPerformLossyDemotionCheck ||
3147               type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() ||
3148               promotedType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() ||
3149               ConvertType(type)->getScalarSizeInBits() ==
3150                   ConvertType(promotedType)->getScalarSizeInBits()) &&
3151              "The following check expects that if we do promotion to different "
3152              "underlying canonical type, at least one of the types (either "
3153              "base or promoted) will be signed, or the bitwidths will match.");
3154     }
3155     if (CGF.SanOpts.hasOneOf(
3156             SanitizerKind::ImplicitIntegerArithmeticValueChange |
3157             SanitizerKind::ImplicitBitfieldConversion) &&
3158         canPerformLossyDemotionCheck) {
3159       // While `x += 1` (for `x` with width less than int) is modeled as
3160       // promotion+arithmetics+demotion, and we can catch lossy demotion with
3161       // ease; inc/dec with width less than int can't overflow because of
3162       // promotion rules, so we omit promotion+demotion, which means that we can
3163       // not catch lossy "demotion". Because we still want to catch these cases
3164       // when the sanitizer is enabled, we perform the promotion, then perform
3165       // the increment/decrement in the wider type, and finally
3166       // perform the demotion. This will catch lossy demotions.
3167 
3168       // We have a special case for bitfields defined using all the bits of the
3169       // type. In this case we need to do the same trick as for the integer
3170       // sanitizer checks, i.e., promotion -> increment/decrement -> demotion.
3171 
3172       value = EmitScalarConversion(value, type, promotedType, E->getExprLoc());
3173       Value *amt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(value->getType(), amount, true);
3174       value = Builder.CreateAdd(value, amt, isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
3175       // Do pass non-default ScalarConversionOpts so that sanitizer check is
3176       // emitted if LV is not a bitfield, otherwise the bitfield sanitizer
3177       // checks will take care of the conversion.
3178       ScalarConversionOpts Opts;
3179       if (!LV.isBitField())
3180         Opts = ScalarConversionOpts(CGF.SanOpts);
3181       else if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ImplicitBitfieldConversion)) {
3182         Previous = value;
3183         SrcType = promotedType;
3184       }
3185 
3186       value = EmitScalarConversion(value, promotedType, type, E->getExprLoc(),
3187                                    Opts);
3188 
3189       // Note that signed integer inc/dec with width less than int can't
3190       // overflow because of promotion rules; we're just eliding a few steps
3191       // here.
3192     } else if (E->canOverflow() && type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
3193       value = EmitIncDecConsiderOverflowBehavior(E, value, isInc);
3194     } else if (E->canOverflow() && type->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
3195                CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow) &&
3196                !excludeOverflowPattern &&
3197                !CGF.getContext().isTypeIgnoredBySanitizer(
3198                    SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow, E->getType())) {
3199       value = EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(createBinOpInfoFromIncDec(
3200           E, value, isInc, E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts())));
3201     } else {
3202       llvm::Value *amt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(value->getType(), amount, true);
3203       value = Builder.CreateAdd(value, amt, isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
3204     }
3205 
3206   // Next most common: pointer increment.
3207   } else if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3208     QualType type = ptr->getPointeeType();
3209 
3210     // VLA types don't have constant size.
3211     if (const VariableArrayType *vla
3212           = CGF.getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(type)) {
3213       llvm::Value *numElts = CGF.getVLASize(vla).NumElts;
3214       if (!isInc) numElts = Builder.CreateNSWNeg(numElts, "vla.negsize");
3215       llvm::Type *elemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(vla->getElementType());
3216       if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined)
3217         value = Builder.CreateGEP(elemTy, value, numElts, "vla.inc");
3218       else
3219         value = CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(
3220             elemTy, value, numElts, /*SignedIndices=*/false, isSubtraction,
3221             E->getExprLoc(), "vla.inc");
3222 
3223     // Arithmetic on function pointers (!) is just +-1.
3224     } else if (type->isFunctionType()) {
3225       llvm::Value *amt = Builder.getInt32(amount);
3226 
3227       if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined)
3228         value = Builder.CreateGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, value, amt, "incdec.funcptr");
3229       else
3230         value =
3231             CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, value, amt,
3232                                        /*SignedIndices=*/false, isSubtraction,
3233                                        E->getExprLoc(), "incdec.funcptr");
3234 
3235     // For everything else, we can just do a simple increment.
3236     } else {
3237       llvm::Value *amt = Builder.getInt32(amount);
3238       llvm::Type *elemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(type);
3239       if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined)
3240         value = Builder.CreateGEP(elemTy, value, amt, "incdec.ptr");
3241       else
3242         value = CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(
3243             elemTy, value, amt, /*SignedIndices=*/false, isSubtraction,
3244             E->getExprLoc(), "incdec.ptr");
3245     }
3246 
3247   // Vector increment/decrement.
3248   } else if (type->isVectorType()) {
3249     if (type->hasIntegerRepresentation()) {
3250       llvm::Value *amt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(value->getType(), amount);
3251 
3252       value = Builder.CreateAdd(value, amt, isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
3253     } else {
3254       value = Builder.CreateFAdd(
3255                   value,
3256                   llvm::ConstantFP::get(value->getType(), amount),
3257                   isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
3258     }
3259 
3260   // Floating point.
3261   } else if (type->isRealFloatingType()) {
3262     // Add the inc/dec to the real part.
3263     llvm::Value *amt;
3264     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, E);
3265 
3266     if (type->isHalfType() && !CGF.getContext().getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
3267       // Another special case: half FP increment should be done via float
3268       if (CGF.getContext().getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) {
3269         value = Builder.CreateCall(
3270             CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::convert_from_fp16,
3271                                  CGF.CGM.FloatTy),
3272             input, "incdec.conv");
3273       } else {
3274         value = Builder.CreateFPExt(input, CGF.CGM.FloatTy, "incdec.conv");
3275       }
3276     }
3277 
3278     if (value->getType()->isFloatTy())
3279       amt = llvm::ConstantFP::get(VMContext,
3280                                   llvm::APFloat(static_cast<float>(amount)));
3281     else if (value->getType()->isDoubleTy())
3282       amt = llvm::ConstantFP::get(VMContext,
3283                                   llvm::APFloat(static_cast<double>(amount)));
3284     else {
3285       // Remaining types are Half, Bfloat16, LongDouble, __ibm128 or __float128.
3286       // Convert from float.
3287       llvm::APFloat F(static_cast<float>(amount));
3288       bool ignored;
3289       const llvm::fltSemantics *FS;
3290       // Don't use getFloatTypeSemantics because Half isn't
3291       // necessarily represented using the "half" LLVM type.
3292       if (value->getType()->isFP128Ty())
3293         FS = &CGF.getTarget().getFloat128Format();
3294       else if (value->getType()->isHalfTy())
3295         FS = &CGF.getTarget().getHalfFormat();
3296       else if (value->getType()->isBFloatTy())
3297         FS = &CGF.getTarget().getBFloat16Format();
3298       else if (value->getType()->isPPC_FP128Ty())
3299         FS = &CGF.getTarget().getIbm128Format();
3300       else
3301         FS = &CGF.getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
3302       F.convert(*FS, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored);
3303       amt = llvm::ConstantFP::get(VMContext, F);
3304     }
3305     value = Builder.CreateFAdd(value, amt, isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
3306 
3307     if (type->isHalfType() && !CGF.getContext().getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
3308       if (CGF.getContext().getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) {
3309         value = Builder.CreateCall(
3310             CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::convert_to_fp16,
3311                                  CGF.CGM.FloatTy),
3312             value, "incdec.conv");
3313       } else {
3314         value = Builder.CreateFPTrunc(value, input->getType(), "incdec.conv");
3315       }
3316     }
3317 
3318   // Fixed-point types.
3319   } else if (type->isFixedPointType()) {
3320     // Fixed-point types are tricky. In some cases, it isn't possible to
3321     // represent a 1 or a -1 in the type at all. Piggyback off of
3322     // EmitFixedPointBinOp to avoid having to reimplement saturation.
3323     BinOpInfo Info;
3324     Info.E = E;
3325     Info.Ty = E->getType();
3326     Info.Opcode = isInc ? BO_Add : BO_Sub;
3327     Info.LHS = value;
3328     Info.RHS = llvm::ConstantInt::get(value->getType(), 1, false);
3329     // If the type is signed, it's better to represent this as +(-1) or -(-1),
3330     // since -1 is guaranteed to be representable.
3331     if (type->isSignedFixedPointType()) {
3332       Info.Opcode = isInc ? BO_Sub : BO_Add;
3333       Info.RHS = Builder.CreateNeg(Info.RHS);
3334     }
3335     // Now, convert from our invented integer literal to the type of the unary
3336     // op. This will upscale and saturate if necessary. This value can become
3337     // undef in some cases.
3338     llvm::FixedPointBuilder<CGBuilderTy> FPBuilder(Builder);
3339     auto DstSema = CGF.getContext().getFixedPointSemantics(Info.Ty);
3340     Info.RHS = FPBuilder.CreateIntegerToFixed(Info.RHS, true, DstSema);
3341     value = EmitFixedPointBinOp(Info);
3342 
3343   // Objective-C pointer types.
3344   } else {
3345     const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3346 
3347     CharUnits size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(OPT->getObjectType());
3348     if (!isInc) size = -size;
3349     llvm::Value *sizeValue =
3350       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, size.getQuantity());
3351 
3352     if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined)
3353       value = Builder.CreateGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, value, sizeValue, "incdec.objptr");
3354     else
3355       value = CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(
3356           CGF.Int8Ty, value, sizeValue, /*SignedIndices=*/false, isSubtraction,
3357           E->getExprLoc(), "incdec.objptr");
3358     value = Builder.CreateBitCast(value, input->getType());
3359   }
3360 
3361   if (atomicPHI) {
3362     llvm::BasicBlock *curBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
3363     llvm::BasicBlock *contBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("atomic_cont", CGF.CurFn);
3364     auto Pair = CGF.EmitAtomicCompareExchange(
3365         LV, RValue::get(atomicPHI), RValue::get(value), E->getExprLoc());
3366     llvm::Value *old = CGF.EmitToMemory(Pair.first.getScalarVal(), type);
3367     llvm::Value *success = Pair.second;
3368     atomicPHI->addIncoming(old, curBlock);
3369     Builder.CreateCondBr(success, contBB, atomicPHI->getParent());
3370     Builder.SetInsertPoint(contBB);
3371     return isPre ? value : input;
3372   }
3373 
3374   // Store the updated result through the lvalue.
3375   if (LV.isBitField()) {
3376     Value *Src = Previous ? Previous : value;
3377     CGF.EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(RValue::get(value), LV, &value);
3378     CGF.EmitBitfieldConversionCheck(Src, SrcType, value, E->getType(),
3379                                     LV.getBitFieldInfo(), E->getExprLoc());
3380   } else
3381     CGF.EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue::get(value), LV);
3382 
3383   // If this is a postinc, return the value read from memory, otherwise use the
3384   // updated value.
3385   return isPre ? value : input;
3386 }
3387 
3388 
3389 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E,
3390                                          QualType PromotionType) {
3391   QualType promotionTy = PromotionType.isNull()
3392                              ? getPromotionType(E->getSubExpr()->getType())
3393                              : PromotionType;
3394   Value *result = VisitPlus(E, promotionTy);
3395   if (result && !promotionTy.isNull())
3396     result = EmitUnPromotedValue(result, E->getType());
3397   return result;
3398 }
3399 
3400 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitPlus(const UnaryOperator *E,
3401                                     QualType PromotionType) {
3402   // This differs from gcc, though, most likely due to a bug in gcc.
3403   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
3404   if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3405     return CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(E->getSubExpr(), PromotionType);
3406   return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
3407 }
3408 
3409 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryMinus(const UnaryOperator *E,
3410                                           QualType PromotionType) {
3411   QualType promotionTy = PromotionType.isNull()
3412                              ? getPromotionType(E->getSubExpr()->getType())
3413                              : PromotionType;
3414   Value *result = VisitMinus(E, promotionTy);
3415   if (result && !promotionTy.isNull())
3416     result = EmitUnPromotedValue(result, E->getType());
3417   return result;
3418 }
3419 
3420 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitMinus(const UnaryOperator *E,
3421                                      QualType PromotionType) {
3422   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
3423   Value *Op;
3424   if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3425     Op = CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(E->getSubExpr(), PromotionType);
3426   else
3427     Op = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
3428 
3429   // Generate a unary FNeg for FP ops.
3430   if (Op->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy())
3431     return Builder.CreateFNeg(Op, "fneg");
3432 
3433   // Emit unary minus with EmitSub so we handle overflow cases etc.
3434   BinOpInfo BinOp;
3435   BinOp.RHS = Op;
3436   BinOp.LHS = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(BinOp.RHS->getType());
3437   BinOp.Ty = E->getType();
3438   BinOp.Opcode = BO_Sub;
3439   BinOp.FPFeatures = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts());
3440   BinOp.E = E;
3441   return EmitSub(BinOp);
3442 }
3443 
3444 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryNot(const UnaryOperator *E) {
3445   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
3446   Value *Op = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
3447   return Builder.CreateNot(Op, "not");
3448 }
3449 
3450 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryLNot(const UnaryOperator *E) {
3451   // Perform vector logical not on comparison with zero vector.
3452   if (E->getType()->isVectorType() &&
3453       E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() ==
3454           VectorKind::Generic) {
3455     Value *Oper = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
3456     Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(Oper->getType());
3457     Value *Result;
3458     if (Oper->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
3459       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(
3460           CGF, E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts()));
3461       Result = Builder.CreateFCmp(llvm::CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ, Oper, Zero, "cmp");
3462     } else
3463       Result = Builder.CreateICmp(llvm::CmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Oper, Zero, "cmp");
3464     return Builder.CreateSExt(Result, ConvertType(E->getType()), "sext");
3465   }
3466 
3467   // Compare operand to zero.
3468   Value *BoolVal = CGF.EvaluateExprAsBool(E->getSubExpr());
3469 
3470   // Invert value.
3471   // TODO: Could dynamically modify easy computations here.  For example, if
3472   // the operand is an icmp ne, turn into icmp eq.
3473   BoolVal = Builder.CreateNot(BoolVal, "lnot");
3474 
3475   // ZExt result to the expr type.
3476   return Builder.CreateZExt(BoolVal, ConvertType(E->getType()), "lnot.ext");
3477 }
3478 
3479 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E) {
3480   // Try folding the offsetof to a constant.
3481   Expr::EvalResult EVResult;
3482   if (E->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, CGF.getContext())) {
3483     llvm::APSInt Value = EVResult.Val.getInt();
3484     return Builder.getInt(Value);
3485   }
3486 
3487   // Loop over the components of the offsetof to compute the value.
3488   unsigned n = E->getNumComponents();
3489   llvm::Type* ResultType = ConvertType(E->getType());
3490   llvm::Value* Result = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ResultType);
3491   QualType CurrentType = E->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
3492   for (unsigned i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
3493     OffsetOfNode ON = E->getComponent(i);
3494     llvm::Value *Offset = nullptr;
3495     switch (ON.getKind()) {
3496     case OffsetOfNode::Array: {
3497       // Compute the index
3498       Expr *IdxExpr = E->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex());
3499       llvm::Value* Idx = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(IdxExpr);
3500       bool IdxSigned = IdxExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
3501       Idx = Builder.CreateIntCast(Idx, ResultType, IdxSigned, "conv");
3502 
3503       // Save the element type
3504       CurrentType =
3505           CGF.getContext().getAsArrayType(CurrentType)->getElementType();
3506 
3507       // Compute the element size
3508       llvm::Value* ElemSize = llvm::ConstantInt::get(ResultType,
3509           CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(CurrentType).getQuantity());
3510 
3511       // Multiply out to compute the result
3512       Offset = Builder.CreateMul(Idx, ElemSize);
3513       break;
3514     }
3515 
3516     case OffsetOfNode::Field: {
3517       FieldDecl *MemberDecl = ON.getField();
3518       RecordDecl *RD = CurrentType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
3519       const ASTRecordLayout &RL = CGF.getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3520 
3521       // Compute the index of the field in its parent.
3522       unsigned i = 0;
3523       // FIXME: It would be nice if we didn't have to loop here!
3524       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3525                                       FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3526            Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
3527         if (*Field == MemberDecl)
3528           break;
3529       }
3530       assert(i < RL.getFieldCount() && "offsetof field in wrong type");
3531 
3532       // Compute the offset to the field
3533       int64_t OffsetInt = RL.getFieldOffset(i) /
3534                           CGF.getContext().getCharWidth();
3535       Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(ResultType, OffsetInt);
3536 
3537       // Save the element type.
3538       CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType();
3539       break;
3540     }
3541 
3542     case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
3543       llvm_unreachable("dependent __builtin_offsetof");
3544 
3545     case OffsetOfNode::Base: {
3546       if (ON.getBase()->isVirtual()) {
3547         CGF.ErrorUnsupported(E, "virtual base in offsetof");
3548         continue;
3549       }
3550 
3551       RecordDecl *RD = CurrentType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
3552       const ASTRecordLayout &RL = CGF.getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3553 
3554       // Save the element type.
3555       CurrentType = ON.getBase()->getType();
3556 
3557       // Compute the offset to the base.
3558       auto *BaseRT = CurrentType->castAs<RecordType>();
3559       auto *BaseRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
3560       CharUnits OffsetInt = RL.getBaseClassOffset(BaseRD);
3561       Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(ResultType, OffsetInt.getQuantity());
3562       break;
3563     }
3564     }
3565     Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, Offset);
3566   }
3567   return Result;
3568 }
3569 
3570 /// VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Return the size or alignment of the type of
3571 /// argument of the sizeof expression as an integer.
3572 Value *
3573 ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3574                               const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
3575   QualType TypeToSize = E->getTypeOfArgument();
3576   if (auto Kind = E->getKind();
3577       Kind == UETT_SizeOf || Kind == UETT_DataSizeOf || Kind == UETT_CountOf) {
3578     if (const VariableArrayType *VAT =
3579             CGF.getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(TypeToSize)) {
3580       // For _Countof, we only want to evaluate if the extent is actually
3581       // variable as opposed to a multi-dimensional array whose extent is
3582       // constant but whose element type is variable.
3583       bool EvaluateExtent = true;
3584       if (Kind == UETT_CountOf && VAT->getElementType()->isArrayType()) {
3585         EvaluateExtent =
3586             !VAT->getSizeExpr()->isIntegerConstantExpr(CGF.getContext());
3587       }
3588       if (EvaluateExtent) {
3589         if (E->isArgumentType()) {
3590           // sizeof(type) - make sure to emit the VLA size.
3591           CGF.EmitVariablyModifiedType(TypeToSize);
3592         } else {
3593           // C99 6.5.3.4p2: If the argument is an expression of type
3594           // VLA, it is evaluated.
3595           CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E->getArgumentExpr());
3596         }
3597 
3598         // For _Countof, we just want to return the size of a single dimension.
3599         if (Kind == UETT_CountOf)
3600           return CGF.getVLAElements1D(VAT).NumElts;
3601 
3602         // For sizeof and __datasizeof, we need to scale the number of elements
3603         // by the size of the array element type.
3604         auto VlaSize = CGF.getVLASize(VAT);
3605 
3606         // Scale the number of non-VLA elements by the non-VLA element size.
3607         CharUnits eltSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(VlaSize.Type);
3608         if (!eltSize.isOne())
3609           return CGF.Builder.CreateNUWMul(CGF.CGM.getSize(eltSize),
3610                                           VlaSize.NumElts);
3611         return VlaSize.NumElts;
3612       }
3613     }
3614   } else if (E->getKind() == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
3615     auto Alignment =
3616         CGF.getContext()
3617             .toCharUnitsFromBits(CGF.getContext().getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(
3618                 E->getTypeOfArgument()->getPointeeType()))
3619             .getQuantity();
3620     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, Alignment);
3621   } else if (E->getKind() == UETT_VectorElements) {
3622     auto *VecTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(ConvertType(E->getTypeOfArgument()));
3623     return Builder.CreateElementCount(CGF.SizeTy, VecTy->getElementCount());
3624   }
3625 
3626   // If this isn't sizeof(vla), the result must be constant; use the constant
3627   // folding logic so we don't have to duplicate it here.
3628   return Builder.getInt(E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(CGF.getContext()));
3629 }
3630 
3631 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E,
3632                                          QualType PromotionType) {
3633   QualType promotionTy = PromotionType.isNull()
3634                              ? getPromotionType(E->getSubExpr()->getType())
3635                              : PromotionType;
3636   Value *result = VisitReal(E, promotionTy);
3637   if (result && !promotionTy.isNull())
3638     result = EmitUnPromotedValue(result, E->getType());
3639   return result;
3640 }
3641 
3642 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitReal(const UnaryOperator *E,
3643                                     QualType PromotionType) {
3644   Expr *Op = E->getSubExpr();
3645   if (Op->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
3646     // If it's an l-value, load through the appropriate subobject l-value.
3647     // Note that we have to ask E because Op might be an l-value that
3648     // this won't work for, e.g. an Obj-C property.
3649     if (E->isGLValue())  {
3650       if (!PromotionType.isNull()) {
3651         CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy result = CGF.EmitComplexExpr(
3652             Op, /*IgnoreReal*/ IgnoreResultAssign, /*IgnoreImag*/ true);
3653         if (result.first)
3654           result.first = CGF.EmitPromotedValue(result, PromotionType).first;
3655         return result.first;
3656       } else {
3657         return CGF.EmitLoadOfLValue(CGF.EmitLValue(E), E->getExprLoc())
3658             .getScalarVal();
3659       }
3660     }
3661     // Otherwise, calculate and project.
3662     return CGF.EmitComplexExpr(Op, false, true).first;
3663   }
3664 
3665   if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3666     return CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(Op, PromotionType);
3667   return Visit(Op);
3668 }
3669 
3670 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E,
3671                                          QualType PromotionType) {
3672   QualType promotionTy = PromotionType.isNull()
3673                              ? getPromotionType(E->getSubExpr()->getType())
3674                              : PromotionType;
3675   Value *result = VisitImag(E, promotionTy);
3676   if (result && !promotionTy.isNull())
3677     result = EmitUnPromotedValue(result, E->getType());
3678   return result;
3679 }
3680 
3681 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitImag(const UnaryOperator *E,
3682                                     QualType PromotionType) {
3683   Expr *Op = E->getSubExpr();
3684   if (Op->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
3685     // If it's an l-value, load through the appropriate subobject l-value.
3686     // Note that we have to ask E because Op might be an l-value that
3687     // this won't work for, e.g. an Obj-C property.
3688     if (Op->isGLValue()) {
3689       if (!PromotionType.isNull()) {
3690         CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy result = CGF.EmitComplexExpr(
3691             Op, /*IgnoreReal*/ true, /*IgnoreImag*/ IgnoreResultAssign);
3692         if (result.second)
3693           result.second = CGF.EmitPromotedValue(result, PromotionType).second;
3694         return result.second;
3695       } else {
3696         return CGF.EmitLoadOfLValue(CGF.EmitLValue(E), E->getExprLoc())
3697             .getScalarVal();
3698       }
3699     }
3700     // Otherwise, calculate and project.
3701     return CGF.EmitComplexExpr(Op, true, false).second;
3702   }
3703 
3704   // __imag on a scalar returns zero.  Emit the subexpr to ensure side
3705   // effects are evaluated, but not the actual value.
3706   if (Op->isGLValue())
3707     CGF.EmitLValue(Op);
3708   else if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3709     CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(Op, PromotionType);
3710   else
3711     CGF.EmitScalarExpr(Op, true);
3712   if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3713     return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(PromotionType));
3714   return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(E->getType()));
3715 }
3716 
3717 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3718 //                           Binary Operators
3719 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3720 
3721 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitPromotedValue(Value *result,
3722                                             QualType PromotionType) {
3723   return CGF.Builder.CreateFPExt(result, ConvertType(PromotionType), "ext");
3724 }
3725 
3726 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitUnPromotedValue(Value *result,
3727                                               QualType ExprType) {
3728   return CGF.Builder.CreateFPTrunc(result, ConvertType(ExprType), "unpromotion");
3729 }
3730 
3731 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitPromoted(const Expr *E, QualType PromotionType) {
3732   E = E->IgnoreParens();
3733   if (auto BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
3734     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
3735 #define HANDLE_BINOP(OP)                                                       \
3736   case BO_##OP:                                                                \
3737     return Emit##OP(EmitBinOps(BO, PromotionType));
3738       HANDLE_BINOP(Add)
3739       HANDLE_BINOP(Sub)
3740       HANDLE_BINOP(Mul)
3741       HANDLE_BINOP(Div)
3742 #undef HANDLE_BINOP
3743     default:
3744       break;
3745     }
3746   } else if (auto UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
3747     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
3748     case UO_Imag:
3749       return VisitImag(UO, PromotionType);
3750     case UO_Real:
3751       return VisitReal(UO, PromotionType);
3752     case UO_Minus:
3753       return VisitMinus(UO, PromotionType);
3754     case UO_Plus:
3755       return VisitPlus(UO, PromotionType);
3756     default:
3757       break;
3758     }
3759   }
3760   auto result = Visit(const_cast<Expr *>(E));
3761   if (result) {
3762     if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3763       return EmitPromotedValue(result, PromotionType);
3764     else
3765       return EmitUnPromotedValue(result, E->getType());
3766   }
3767   return result;
3768 }
3769 
3770 BinOpInfo ScalarExprEmitter::EmitBinOps(const BinaryOperator *E,
3771                                         QualType PromotionType) {
3772   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
3773   BinOpInfo Result;
3774   Result.LHS = CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(E->getLHS(), PromotionType);
3775   Result.RHS = CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(E->getRHS(), PromotionType);
3776   if (!PromotionType.isNull())
3777     Result.Ty = PromotionType;
3778   else
3779     Result.Ty  = E->getType();
3780   Result.Opcode = E->getOpcode();
3781   Result.FPFeatures = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts());
3782   Result.E = E;
3783   return Result;
3784 }
3785 
3786 LValue ScalarExprEmitter::EmitCompoundAssignLValue(
3787                                               const CompoundAssignOperator *E,
3788                         Value *(ScalarExprEmitter::*Func)(const BinOpInfo &),
3789                                                    Value *&Result) {
3790   QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType();
3791   BinOpInfo OpInfo;
3792 
3793   if (E->getComputationResultType()->isAnyComplexType())
3794     return CGF.EmitScalarCompoundAssignWithComplex(E, Result);
3795 
3796   // Emit the RHS first.  __block variables need to have the rhs evaluated
3797   // first, plus this should improve codegen a little.
3798 
3799   QualType PromotionTypeCR;
3800   PromotionTypeCR = getPromotionType(E->getComputationResultType());
3801   if (PromotionTypeCR.isNull())
3802       PromotionTypeCR = E->getComputationResultType();
3803   QualType PromotionTypeLHS = getPromotionType(E->getComputationLHSType());
3804   QualType PromotionTypeRHS = getPromotionType(E->getRHS()->getType());
3805   if (!PromotionTypeRHS.isNull())
3806     OpInfo.RHS = CGF.EmitPromotedScalarExpr(E->getRHS(), PromotionTypeRHS);
3807   else
3808     OpInfo.RHS = Visit(E->getRHS());
3809   OpInfo.Ty = PromotionTypeCR;
3810   OpInfo.Opcode = E->getOpcode();
3811   OpInfo.FPFeatures = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts());
3812   OpInfo.E = E;
3813   // Load/convert the LHS.
3814   LValue LHSLV = EmitCheckedLValue(E->getLHS(), CodeGenFunction::TCK_Store);
3815 
3816   llvm::PHINode *atomicPHI = nullptr;
3817   if (const AtomicType *atomicTy = LHSTy->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3818     QualType type = atomicTy->getValueType();
3819     if (!type->isBooleanType() && type->isIntegerType() &&
3820         !(type->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
3821           CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow)) &&
3822         CGF.getLangOpts().getSignedOverflowBehavior() !=
3823             LangOptions::SOB_Trapping) {
3824       llvm::AtomicRMWInst::BinOp AtomicOp = llvm::AtomicRMWInst::BAD_BINOP;
3825       llvm::Instruction::BinaryOps Op;
3826       switch (OpInfo.Opcode) {
3827         // We don't have atomicrmw operands for *, %, /, <<, >>
3828         case BO_MulAssign: case BO_DivAssign:
3829         case BO_RemAssign:
3830         case BO_ShlAssign:
3831         case BO_ShrAssign:
3832           break;
3833         case BO_AddAssign:
3834           AtomicOp = llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Add;
3835           Op = llvm::Instruction::Add;
3836           break;
3837         case BO_SubAssign:
3838           AtomicOp = llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Sub;
3839           Op = llvm::Instruction::Sub;
3840           break;
3841         case BO_AndAssign:
3842           AtomicOp = llvm::AtomicRMWInst::And;
3843           Op = llvm::Instruction::And;
3844           break;
3845         case BO_XorAssign:
3846           AtomicOp = llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Xor;
3847           Op = llvm::Instruction::Xor;
3848           break;
3849         case BO_OrAssign:
3850           AtomicOp = llvm::AtomicRMWInst::Or;
3851           Op = llvm::Instruction::Or;
3852           break;
3853         default:
3854           llvm_unreachable("Invalid compound assignment type");
3855       }
3856       if (AtomicOp != llvm::AtomicRMWInst::BAD_BINOP) {
3857         llvm::Value *Amt = CGF.EmitToMemory(
3858             EmitScalarConversion(OpInfo.RHS, E->getRHS()->getType(), LHSTy,
3859                                  E->getExprLoc()),
3860             LHSTy);
3861 
3862         llvm::AtomicRMWInst *OldVal =
3863             CGF.emitAtomicRMWInst(AtomicOp, LHSLV.getAddress(), Amt);
3864 
3865         // Since operation is atomic, the result type is guaranteed to be the
3866         // same as the input in LLVM terms.
3867         Result = Builder.CreateBinOp(Op, OldVal, Amt);
3868         return LHSLV;
3869       }
3870     }
3871     // FIXME: For floating point types, we should be saving and restoring the
3872     // floating point environment in the loop.
3873     llvm::BasicBlock *startBB = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
3874     llvm::BasicBlock *opBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("atomic_op", CGF.CurFn);
3875     OpInfo.LHS = EmitLoadOfLValue(LHSLV, E->getExprLoc());
3876     OpInfo.LHS = CGF.EmitToMemory(OpInfo.LHS, type);
3877     Builder.CreateBr(opBB);
3878     Builder.SetInsertPoint(opBB);
3879     atomicPHI = Builder.CreatePHI(OpInfo.LHS->getType(), 2);
3880     atomicPHI->addIncoming(OpInfo.LHS, startBB);
3881     OpInfo.LHS = atomicPHI;
3882   }
3883   else
3884     OpInfo.LHS = EmitLoadOfLValue(LHSLV, E->getExprLoc());
3885 
3886   CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, OpInfo.FPFeatures);
3887   SourceLocation Loc = E->getExprLoc();
3888   if (!PromotionTypeLHS.isNull())
3889     OpInfo.LHS = EmitScalarConversion(OpInfo.LHS, LHSTy, PromotionTypeLHS,
3890                                       E->getExprLoc());
3891   else
3892     OpInfo.LHS = EmitScalarConversion(OpInfo.LHS, LHSTy,
3893                                       E->getComputationLHSType(), Loc);
3894 
3895   // Expand the binary operator.
3896   Result = (this->*Func)(OpInfo);
3897 
3898   // Convert the result back to the LHS type,
3899   // potentially with Implicit Conversion sanitizer check.
3900   // If LHSLV is a bitfield, use default ScalarConversionOpts
3901   // to avoid emit any implicit integer checks.
3902   Value *Previous = nullptr;
3903   if (LHSLV.isBitField()) {
3904     Previous = Result;
3905     Result = EmitScalarConversion(Result, PromotionTypeCR, LHSTy, Loc);
3906   } else
3907     Result = EmitScalarConversion(Result, PromotionTypeCR, LHSTy, Loc,
3908                                   ScalarConversionOpts(CGF.SanOpts));
3909 
3910   if (atomicPHI) {
3911     llvm::BasicBlock *curBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
3912     llvm::BasicBlock *contBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("atomic_cont", CGF.CurFn);
3913     auto Pair = CGF.EmitAtomicCompareExchange(
3914         LHSLV, RValue::get(atomicPHI), RValue::get(Result), E->getExprLoc());
3915     llvm::Value *old = CGF.EmitToMemory(Pair.first.getScalarVal(), LHSTy);
3916     llvm::Value *success = Pair.second;
3917     atomicPHI->addIncoming(old, curBlock);
3918     Builder.CreateCondBr(success, contBB, atomicPHI->getParent());
3919     Builder.SetInsertPoint(contBB);
3920     return LHSLV;
3921   }
3922 
3923   // Store the result value into the LHS lvalue. Bit-fields are handled
3924   // specially because the result is altered by the store, i.e., [C99 6.5.16p1]
3925   // 'An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the
3926   // assignment...'.
3927   if (LHSLV.isBitField()) {
3928     Value *Src = Previous ? Previous : Result;
3929     QualType SrcType = E->getRHS()->getType();
3930     QualType DstType = E->getLHS()->getType();
3931     CGF.EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(RValue::get(Result), LHSLV, &Result);
3932     CGF.EmitBitfieldConversionCheck(Src, SrcType, Result, DstType,
3933                                     LHSLV.getBitFieldInfo(), E->getExprLoc());
3934   } else
3935     CGF.EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue::get(Result), LHSLV);
3936 
3937   if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenMP)
3938     CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().checkAndEmitLastprivateConditional(CGF,
3939                                                                   E->getLHS());
3940   return LHSLV;
3941 }
3942 
3943 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitCompoundAssign(const CompoundAssignOperator *E,
3944                       Value *(ScalarExprEmitter::*Func)(const BinOpInfo &)) {
3945   bool Ignore = TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
3946   Value *RHS = nullptr;
3947   LValue LHS = EmitCompoundAssignLValue(E, Func, RHS);
3948 
3949   // If the result is clearly ignored, return now.
3950   if (Ignore)
3951     return nullptr;
3952 
3953   // The result of an assignment in C is the assigned r-value.
3954   if (!CGF.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3955     return RHS;
3956 
3957   // If the lvalue is non-volatile, return the computed value of the assignment.
3958   if (!LHS.isVolatileQualified())
3959     return RHS;
3960 
3961   // Otherwise, reload the value.
3962   return EmitLoadOfLValue(LHS, E->getExprLoc());
3963 }
3964 
3965 void ScalarExprEmitter::EmitUndefinedBehaviorIntegerDivAndRemCheck(
3966     const BinOpInfo &Ops, llvm::Value *Zero, bool isDiv) {
3967   SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>, 2>
3968       Checks;
3969 
3970   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::IntegerDivideByZero)) {
3971     Checks.push_back(std::make_pair(Builder.CreateICmpNE(Ops.RHS, Zero),
3972                                     SanitizerKind::SO_IntegerDivideByZero));
3973   }
3974 
3975   const auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Ops.E);
3976   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow) &&
3977       Ops.Ty->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
3978       !IsWidenedIntegerOp(CGF.getContext(), BO->getLHS()) &&
3979       Ops.mayHaveIntegerOverflow()) {
3980     llvm::IntegerType *Ty = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(Zero->getType());
3981 
3982     llvm::Value *IntMin =
3983       Builder.getInt(llvm::APInt::getSignedMinValue(Ty->getBitWidth()));
3984     llvm::Value *NegOne = llvm::Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty);
3985 
3986     llvm::Value *LHSCmp = Builder.CreateICmpNE(Ops.LHS, IntMin);
3987     llvm::Value *RHSCmp = Builder.CreateICmpNE(Ops.RHS, NegOne);
3988     llvm::Value *NotOverflow = Builder.CreateOr(LHSCmp, RHSCmp, "or");
3989     Checks.push_back(
3990         std::make_pair(NotOverflow, SanitizerKind::SO_SignedIntegerOverflow));
3991   }
3992 
3993   if (Checks.size() > 0)
3994     EmitBinOpCheck(Checks, Ops);
3995 }
3996 
3997 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitDiv(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
3998   {
3999     SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF,
4000                                     {SanitizerKind::SO_IntegerDivideByZero,
4001                                      SanitizerKind::SO_SignedIntegerOverflow,
4002                                      SanitizerKind::SO_FloatDivideByZero},
4003                                     SanitizerHandler::DivremOverflow);
4004     if ((CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::IntegerDivideByZero) ||
4005          CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow)) &&
4006         Ops.Ty->isIntegerType() &&
4007         (Ops.mayHaveIntegerDivisionByZero() || Ops.mayHaveIntegerOverflow())) {
4008       llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(Ops.Ty));
4009       EmitUndefinedBehaviorIntegerDivAndRemCheck(Ops, Zero, true);
4010     } else if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::FloatDivideByZero) &&
4011                Ops.Ty->isRealFloatingType() &&
4012                Ops.mayHaveFloatDivisionByZero()) {
4013       llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(Ops.Ty));
4014       llvm::Value *NonZero = Builder.CreateFCmpUNE(Ops.RHS, Zero);
4015       EmitBinOpCheck(
4016           std::make_pair(NonZero, SanitizerKind::SO_FloatDivideByZero), Ops);
4017     }
4018   }
4019 
4020   if (Ops.Ty->isConstantMatrixType()) {
4021     llvm::MatrixBuilder MB(Builder);
4022     // We need to check the types of the operands of the operator to get the
4023     // correct matrix dimensions.
4024     auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Ops.E);
4025     (void)BO;
4026     assert(
4027         isa<ConstantMatrixType>(BO->getLHS()->getType().getCanonicalType()) &&
4028         "first operand must be a matrix");
4029     assert(BO->getRHS()->getType().getCanonicalType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4030            "second operand must be an arithmetic type");
4031     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, Ops.FPFeatures);
4032     return MB.CreateScalarDiv(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS,
4033                               Ops.Ty->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
4034   }
4035 
4036   if (Ops.LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
4037     llvm::Value *Val;
4038     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, Ops.FPFeatures);
4039     Val = Builder.CreateFDiv(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "div");
4040     CGF.SetDivFPAccuracy(Val);
4041     return Val;
4042   }
4043   else if (Ops.isFixedPointOp())
4044     return EmitFixedPointBinOp(Ops);
4045   else if (Ops.Ty->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
4046     return Builder.CreateUDiv(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "div");
4047   else
4048     return Builder.CreateSDiv(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "div");
4049 }
4050 
4051 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitRem(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
4052   // Rem in C can't be a floating point type: C99 6.5.5p2.
4053   if ((CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::IntegerDivideByZero) ||
4054        CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow)) &&
4055       Ops.Ty->isIntegerType() &&
4056       (Ops.mayHaveIntegerDivisionByZero() || Ops.mayHaveIntegerOverflow())) {
4057     SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF,
4058                                     {SanitizerKind::SO_IntegerDivideByZero,
4059                                      SanitizerKind::SO_SignedIntegerOverflow},
4060                                     SanitizerHandler::DivremOverflow);
4061     llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(Ops.Ty));
4062     EmitUndefinedBehaviorIntegerDivAndRemCheck(Ops, Zero, false);
4063   }
4064 
4065   if (Ops.Ty->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
4066     return Builder.CreateURem(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "rem");
4067 
4068   if (CGF.getLangOpts().HLSL && Ops.Ty->hasFloatingRepresentation())
4069     return Builder.CreateFRem(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "rem");
4070 
4071   return Builder.CreateSRem(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "rem");
4072 }
4073 
4074 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
4075   unsigned IID;
4076   unsigned OpID = 0;
4077   SanitizerHandler OverflowKind;
4078 
4079   bool isSigned = Ops.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
4080   switch (Ops.Opcode) {
4081   case BO_Add:
4082   case BO_AddAssign:
4083     OpID = 1;
4084     IID = isSigned ? llvm::Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow :
4085                      llvm::Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow;
4086     OverflowKind = SanitizerHandler::AddOverflow;
4087     break;
4088   case BO_Sub:
4089   case BO_SubAssign:
4090     OpID = 2;
4091     IID = isSigned ? llvm::Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow :
4092                      llvm::Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow;
4093     OverflowKind = SanitizerHandler::SubOverflow;
4094     break;
4095   case BO_Mul:
4096   case BO_MulAssign:
4097     OpID = 3;
4098     IID = isSigned ? llvm::Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow :
4099                      llvm::Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow;
4100     OverflowKind = SanitizerHandler::MulOverflow;
4101     break;
4102   default:
4103     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported operation for overflow detection");
4104   }
4105   OpID <<= 1;
4106   if (isSigned)
4107     OpID |= 1;
4108 
4109   SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF,
4110                                   {SanitizerKind::SO_SignedIntegerOverflow,
4111                                    SanitizerKind::SO_UnsignedIntegerOverflow},
4112                                   OverflowKind);
4113   llvm::Type *opTy = CGF.CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(Ops.Ty);
4114 
4115   llvm::Function *intrinsic = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(IID, opTy);
4116 
4117   Value *resultAndOverflow = Builder.CreateCall(intrinsic, {Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS});
4118   Value *result = Builder.CreateExtractValue(resultAndOverflow, 0);
4119   Value *overflow = Builder.CreateExtractValue(resultAndOverflow, 1);
4120 
4121   // Handle overflow with llvm.trap if no custom handler has been specified.
4122   const std::string *handlerName =
4123     &CGF.getLangOpts().OverflowHandler;
4124   if (handlerName->empty()) {
4125     // If the signed-integer-overflow sanitizer is enabled, emit a call to its
4126     // runtime. Otherwise, this is a -ftrapv check, so just emit a trap.
4127     if (!isSigned || CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow)) {
4128       llvm::Value *NotOverflow = Builder.CreateNot(overflow);
4129       SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal Ordinal =
4130           isSigned ? SanitizerKind::SO_SignedIntegerOverflow
4131                    : SanitizerKind::SO_UnsignedIntegerOverflow;
4132       EmitBinOpCheck(std::make_pair(NotOverflow, Ordinal), Ops);
4133     } else
4134       CGF.EmitTrapCheck(Builder.CreateNot(overflow), OverflowKind);
4135     return result;
4136   }
4137 
4138   // Branch in case of overflow.
4139   llvm::BasicBlock *initialBB = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
4140   llvm::BasicBlock *continueBB =
4141       CGF.createBasicBlock("nooverflow", CGF.CurFn, initialBB->getNextNode());
4142   llvm::BasicBlock *overflowBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("overflow", CGF.CurFn);
4143 
4144   Builder.CreateCondBr(overflow, overflowBB, continueBB);
4145 
4146   // If an overflow handler is set, then we want to call it and then use its
4147   // result, if it returns.
4148   Builder.SetInsertPoint(overflowBB);
4149 
4150   // Get the overflow handler.
4151   llvm::Type *Int8Ty = CGF.Int8Ty;
4152   llvm::Type *argTypes[] = { CGF.Int64Ty, CGF.Int64Ty, Int8Ty, Int8Ty };
4153   llvm::FunctionType *handlerTy =
4154       llvm::FunctionType::get(CGF.Int64Ty, argTypes, true);
4155   llvm::FunctionCallee handler =
4156       CGF.CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(handlerTy, *handlerName);
4157 
4158   // Sign extend the args to 64-bit, so that we can use the same handler for
4159   // all types of overflow.
4160   llvm::Value *lhs = Builder.CreateSExt(Ops.LHS, CGF.Int64Ty);
4161   llvm::Value *rhs = Builder.CreateSExt(Ops.RHS, CGF.Int64Ty);
4162 
4163   // Call the handler with the two arguments, the operation, and the size of
4164   // the result.
4165   llvm::Value *handlerArgs[] = {
4166     lhs,
4167     rhs,
4168     Builder.getInt8(OpID),
4169     Builder.getInt8(cast<llvm::IntegerType>(opTy)->getBitWidth())
4170   };
4171   llvm::Value *handlerResult =
4172     CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(handler, handlerArgs);
4173 
4174   // Truncate the result back to the desired size.
4175   handlerResult = Builder.CreateTrunc(handlerResult, opTy);
4176   Builder.CreateBr(continueBB);
4177 
4178   Builder.SetInsertPoint(continueBB);
4179   llvm::PHINode *phi = Builder.CreatePHI(opTy, 2);
4180   phi->addIncoming(result, initialBB);
4181   phi->addIncoming(handlerResult, overflowBB);
4182 
4183   return phi;
4184 }
4185 
4186 /// Emit pointer + index arithmetic.
4187 static Value *emitPointerArithmetic(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4188                                     const BinOpInfo &op,
4189                                     bool isSubtraction) {
4190   // Must have binary (not unary) expr here.  Unary pointer
4191   // increment/decrement doesn't use this path.
4192   const BinaryOperator *expr = cast<BinaryOperator>(op.E);
4193 
4194   Value *pointer = op.LHS;
4195   Expr *pointerOperand = expr->getLHS();
4196   Value *index = op.RHS;
4197   Expr *indexOperand = expr->getRHS();
4198 
4199   // In a subtraction, the LHS is always the pointer.
4200   if (!isSubtraction && !pointer->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4201     std::swap(pointer, index);
4202     std::swap(pointerOperand, indexOperand);
4203   }
4204 
4205   bool isSigned = indexOperand->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
4206 
4207   unsigned width = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(index->getType())->getBitWidth();
4208   auto &DL = CGF.CGM.getDataLayout();
4209   auto PtrTy = cast<llvm::PointerType>(pointer->getType());
4210 
4211   // Some versions of glibc and gcc use idioms (particularly in their malloc
4212   // routines) that add a pointer-sized integer (known to be a pointer value)
4213   // to a null pointer in order to cast the value back to an integer or as
4214   // part of a pointer alignment algorithm.  This is undefined behavior, but
4215   // we'd like to be able to compile programs that use it.
4216   //
4217   // Normally, we'd generate a GEP with a null-pointer base here in response
4218   // to that code, but it's also UB to dereference a pointer created that
4219   // way.  Instead (as an acknowledged hack to tolerate the idiom) we will
4220   // generate a direct cast of the integer value to a pointer.
4221   //
4222   // The idiom (p = nullptr + N) is not met if any of the following are true:
4223   //
4224   //   The operation is subtraction.
4225   //   The index is not pointer-sized.
4226   //   The pointer type is not byte-sized.
4227   //
4228   // Note that we do not suppress the pointer overflow check in this case.
4229   if (BinaryOperator::isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(
4230           CGF.getContext(), op.Opcode, expr->getLHS(), expr->getRHS())) {
4231     Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(index, pointer->getType());
4232     if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined ||
4233         !CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::PointerOverflow) ||
4234         NullPointerIsDefined(CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock()->getParent(),
4235                              PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace()))
4236       return Ptr;
4237     // The inbounds GEP of null is valid iff the index is zero.
4238     auto CheckOrdinal = SanitizerKind::SO_PointerOverflow;
4239     auto CheckHandler = SanitizerHandler::PointerOverflow;
4240     SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF, {CheckOrdinal}, CheckHandler);
4241     Value *IsZeroIndex = CGF.Builder.CreateIsNull(index);
4242     llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {
4243         CGF.EmitCheckSourceLocation(op.E->getExprLoc())};
4244     llvm::Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(PtrTy);
4245     Value *IntPtr = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
4246     Value *ComputedGEP = CGF.Builder.CreateZExtOrTrunc(index, IntPtrTy);
4247     Value *DynamicArgs[] = {IntPtr, ComputedGEP};
4248     CGF.EmitCheck({{IsZeroIndex, CheckOrdinal}}, CheckHandler, StaticArgs,
4249                   DynamicArgs);
4250     return Ptr;
4251   }
4252 
4253   if (width != DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(PtrTy)) {
4254     // Zero-extend or sign-extend the pointer value according to
4255     // whether the index is signed or not.
4256     index = CGF.Builder.CreateIntCast(index, DL.getIndexType(PtrTy), isSigned,
4257                                       "idx.ext");
4258   }
4259 
4260   // If this is subtraction, negate the index.
4261   if (isSubtraction)
4262     index = CGF.Builder.CreateNeg(index, "idx.neg");
4263 
4264   if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds))
4265     CGF.EmitBoundsCheck(op.E, pointerOperand, index, indexOperand->getType(),
4266                         /*Accessed*/ false);
4267 
4268   const PointerType *pointerType
4269     = pointerOperand->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4270   if (!pointerType) {
4271     QualType objectType = pointerOperand->getType()
4272                                         ->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
4273                                         ->getPointeeType();
4274     llvm::Value *objectSize
4275       = CGF.CGM.getSize(CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(objectType));
4276 
4277     index = CGF.Builder.CreateMul(index, objectSize);
4278 
4279     Value *result =
4280         CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, pointer, index, "add.ptr");
4281     return CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(result, pointer->getType());
4282   }
4283 
4284   QualType elementType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
4285   if (const VariableArrayType *vla
4286         = CGF.getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(elementType)) {
4287     // The element count here is the total number of non-VLA elements.
4288     llvm::Value *numElements = CGF.getVLASize(vla).NumElts;
4289 
4290     // Effectively, the multiply by the VLA size is part of the GEP.
4291     // GEP indexes are signed, and scaling an index isn't permitted to
4292     // signed-overflow, so we use the same semantics for our explicit
4293     // multiply.  We suppress this if overflow is not undefined behavior.
4294     llvm::Type *elemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(vla->getElementType());
4295     if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined) {
4296       index = CGF.Builder.CreateMul(index, numElements, "vla.index");
4297       pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(elemTy, pointer, index, "add.ptr");
4298     } else {
4299       index = CGF.Builder.CreateNSWMul(index, numElements, "vla.index");
4300       pointer = CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(
4301           elemTy, pointer, index, isSigned, isSubtraction, op.E->getExprLoc(),
4302           "add.ptr");
4303     }
4304     return pointer;
4305   }
4306 
4307   // Explicitly handle GNU void* and function pointer arithmetic extensions. The
4308   // GNU void* casts amount to no-ops since our void* type is i8*, but this is
4309   // future proof.
4310   llvm::Type *elemTy;
4311   if (elementType->isVoidType() || elementType->isFunctionType())
4312     elemTy = CGF.Int8Ty;
4313   else
4314     elemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(elementType);
4315 
4316   if (CGF.getLangOpts().PointerOverflowDefined)
4317     return CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(elemTy, pointer, index, "add.ptr");
4318 
4319   return CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(
4320       elemTy, pointer, index, isSigned, isSubtraction, op.E->getExprLoc(),
4321       "add.ptr");
4322 }
4323 
4324 // Construct an fmuladd intrinsic to represent a fused mul-add of MulOp and
4325 // Addend. Use negMul and negAdd to negate the first operand of the Mul or
4326 // the add operand respectively. This allows fmuladd to represent a*b-c, or
4327 // c-a*b. Patterns in LLVM should catch the negated forms and translate them to
4328 // efficient operations.
4329 static Value* buildFMulAdd(llvm::Instruction *MulOp, Value *Addend,
4330                            const CodeGenFunction &CGF, CGBuilderTy &Builder,
4331                            bool negMul, bool negAdd) {
4332   Value *MulOp0 = MulOp->getOperand(0);
4333   Value *MulOp1 = MulOp->getOperand(1);
4334   if (negMul)
4335     MulOp0 = Builder.CreateFNeg(MulOp0, "neg");
4336   if (negAdd)
4337     Addend = Builder.CreateFNeg(Addend, "neg");
4338 
4339   Value *FMulAdd = nullptr;
4340   if (Builder.getIsFPConstrained()) {
4341     assert(isa<llvm::ConstrainedFPIntrinsic>(MulOp) &&
4342            "Only constrained operation should be created when Builder is in FP "
4343            "constrained mode");
4344     FMulAdd = Builder.CreateConstrainedFPCall(
4345         CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fmuladd,
4346                              Addend->getType()),
4347         {MulOp0, MulOp1, Addend});
4348   } else {
4349     FMulAdd = Builder.CreateCall(
4350         CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::fmuladd, Addend->getType()),
4351         {MulOp0, MulOp1, Addend});
4352   }
4353   MulOp->eraseFromParent();
4354 
4355   return FMulAdd;
4356 }
4357 
4358 // Check whether it would be legal to emit an fmuladd intrinsic call to
4359 // represent op and if so, build the fmuladd.
4360 //
4361 // Checks that (a) the operation is fusable, and (b) -ffp-contract=on.
4362 // Does NOT check the type of the operation - it's assumed that this function
4363 // will be called from contexts where it's known that the type is contractable.
4364 static Value* tryEmitFMulAdd(const BinOpInfo &op,
4365                          const CodeGenFunction &CGF, CGBuilderTy &Builder,
4366                          bool isSub=false) {
4367 
4368   assert((op.Opcode == BO_Add || op.Opcode == BO_AddAssign ||
4369           op.Opcode == BO_Sub || op.Opcode == BO_SubAssign) &&
4370          "Only fadd/fsub can be the root of an fmuladd.");
4371 
4372   // Check whether this op is marked as fusable.
4373   if (!op.FPFeatures.allowFPContractWithinStatement())
4374     return nullptr;
4375 
4376   Value *LHS = op.LHS;
4377   Value *RHS = op.RHS;
4378 
4379   // Peek through fneg to look for fmul. Make sure fneg has no users, and that
4380   // it is the only use of its operand.
4381   bool NegLHS = false;
4382   if (auto *LHSUnOp = dyn_cast<llvm::UnaryOperator>(LHS)) {
4383     if (LHSUnOp->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::FNeg &&
4384         LHSUnOp->use_empty() && LHSUnOp->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
4385       LHS = LHSUnOp->getOperand(0);
4386       NegLHS = true;
4387     }
4388   }
4389 
4390   bool NegRHS = false;
4391   if (auto *RHSUnOp = dyn_cast<llvm::UnaryOperator>(RHS)) {
4392     if (RHSUnOp->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::FNeg &&
4393         RHSUnOp->use_empty() && RHSUnOp->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
4394       RHS = RHSUnOp->getOperand(0);
4395       NegRHS = true;
4396     }
4397   }
4398 
4399   // We have a potentially fusable op. Look for a mul on one of the operands.
4400   // Also, make sure that the mul result isn't used directly. In that case,
4401   // there's no point creating a muladd operation.
4402   if (auto *LHSBinOp = dyn_cast<llvm::BinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
4403     if (LHSBinOp->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::FMul &&
4404         (LHSBinOp->use_empty() || NegLHS)) {
4405       // If we looked through fneg, erase it.
4406       if (NegLHS)
4407         cast<llvm::Instruction>(op.LHS)->eraseFromParent();
4408       return buildFMulAdd(LHSBinOp, op.RHS, CGF, Builder, NegLHS, isSub);
4409     }
4410   }
4411   if (auto *RHSBinOp = dyn_cast<llvm::BinaryOperator>(RHS)) {
4412     if (RHSBinOp->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::FMul &&
4413         (RHSBinOp->use_empty() || NegRHS)) {
4414       // If we looked through fneg, erase it.
4415       if (NegRHS)
4416         cast<llvm::Instruction>(op.RHS)->eraseFromParent();
4417       return buildFMulAdd(RHSBinOp, op.LHS, CGF, Builder, isSub ^ NegRHS, false);
4418     }
4419   }
4420 
4421   if (auto *LHSBinOp = dyn_cast<llvm::CallBase>(LHS)) {
4422     if (LHSBinOp->getIntrinsicID() ==
4423             llvm::Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fmul &&
4424         (LHSBinOp->use_empty() || NegLHS)) {
4425       // If we looked through fneg, erase it.
4426       if (NegLHS)
4427         cast<llvm::Instruction>(op.LHS)->eraseFromParent();
4428       return buildFMulAdd(LHSBinOp, op.RHS, CGF, Builder, NegLHS, isSub);
4429     }
4430   }
4431   if (auto *RHSBinOp = dyn_cast<llvm::CallBase>(RHS)) {
4432     if (RHSBinOp->getIntrinsicID() ==
4433             llvm::Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fmul &&
4434         (RHSBinOp->use_empty() || NegRHS)) {
4435       // If we looked through fneg, erase it.
4436       if (NegRHS)
4437         cast<llvm::Instruction>(op.RHS)->eraseFromParent();
4438       return buildFMulAdd(RHSBinOp, op.LHS, CGF, Builder, isSub ^ NegRHS, false);
4439     }
4440   }
4441 
4442   return nullptr;
4443 }
4444 
4445 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitAdd(const BinOpInfo &op) {
4446   if (op.LHS->getType()->isPointerTy() ||
4447       op.RHS->getType()->isPointerTy())
4448     return emitPointerArithmetic(CGF, op, CodeGenFunction::NotSubtraction);
4449 
4450   if (op.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
4451     switch (CGF.getLangOpts().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
4452     case LangOptions::SOB_Defined:
4453       if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
4454         return Builder.CreateAdd(op.LHS, op.RHS, "add");
4455       [[fallthrough]];
4456     case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
4457       if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
4458         return Builder.CreateNSWAdd(op.LHS, op.RHS, "add");
4459       [[fallthrough]];
4460     case LangOptions::SOB_Trapping:
4461       if (CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), op))
4462         return Builder.CreateNSWAdd(op.LHS, op.RHS, "add");
4463       return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(op);
4464     }
4465   }
4466 
4467   // For vector and matrix adds, try to fold into a fmuladd.
4468   if (op.LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
4469     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, op.FPFeatures);
4470     // Try to form an fmuladd.
4471     if (Value *FMulAdd = tryEmitFMulAdd(op, CGF, Builder))
4472       return FMulAdd;
4473   }
4474 
4475   if (op.Ty->isConstantMatrixType()) {
4476     llvm::MatrixBuilder MB(Builder);
4477     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, op.FPFeatures);
4478     return MB.CreateAdd(op.LHS, op.RHS);
4479   }
4480 
4481   if (op.Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
4482       CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow) &&
4483       !CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), op))
4484     return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(op);
4485 
4486   if (op.LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
4487     CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, op.FPFeatures);
4488     return Builder.CreateFAdd(op.LHS, op.RHS, "add");
4489   }
4490 
4491   if (op.isFixedPointOp())
4492     return EmitFixedPointBinOp(op);
4493 
4494   return Builder.CreateAdd(op.LHS, op.RHS, "add");
4495 }
4496 
4497 /// The resulting value must be calculated with exact precision, so the operands
4498 /// may not be the same type.
4499 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitFixedPointBinOp(const BinOpInfo &op) {
4500   using llvm::APSInt;
4501   using llvm::ConstantInt;
4502 
4503   // This is either a binary operation where at least one of the operands is
4504   // a fixed-point type, or a unary operation where the operand is a fixed-point
4505   // type. The result type of a binary operation is determined by
4506   // Sema::handleFixedPointConversions().
4507   QualType ResultTy = op.Ty;
4508   QualType LHSTy, RHSTy;
4509   if (const auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(op.E)) {
4510     RHSTy = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
4511     if (const auto *CAO = dyn_cast<CompoundAssignOperator>(BinOp)) {
4512       // For compound assignment, the effective type of the LHS at this point
4513       // is the computation LHS type, not the actual LHS type, and the final
4514       // result type is not the type of the expression but rather the
4515       // computation result type.
4516       LHSTy = CAO->getComputationLHSType();
4517       ResultTy = CAO->getComputationResultType();
4518     } else
4519       LHSTy = BinOp->getLHS()->getType();
4520   } else if (const auto *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op.E)) {
4521     LHSTy = UnOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4522     RHSTy = UnOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4523   }
4524   ASTContext &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4525   Value *LHS = op.LHS;
4526   Value *RHS = op.RHS;
4527 
4528   auto LHSFixedSema = Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSTy);
4529   auto RHSFixedSema = Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHSTy);
4530   auto ResultFixedSema = Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(ResultTy);
4531   auto CommonFixedSema = LHSFixedSema.getCommonSemantics(RHSFixedSema);
4532 
4533   // Perform the actual operation.
4534   Value *Result;
4535   llvm::FixedPointBuilder<CGBuilderTy> FPBuilder(Builder);
4536   switch (op.Opcode) {
4537   case BO_AddAssign:
4538   case BO_Add:
4539     Result = FPBuilder.CreateAdd(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4540     break;
4541   case BO_SubAssign:
4542   case BO_Sub:
4543     Result = FPBuilder.CreateSub(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4544     break;
4545   case BO_MulAssign:
4546   case BO_Mul:
4547     Result = FPBuilder.CreateMul(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4548     break;
4549   case BO_DivAssign:
4550   case BO_Div:
4551     Result = FPBuilder.CreateDiv(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4552     break;
4553   case BO_ShlAssign:
4554   case BO_Shl:
4555     Result = FPBuilder.CreateShl(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS);
4556     break;
4557   case BO_ShrAssign:
4558   case BO_Shr:
4559     Result = FPBuilder.CreateShr(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS);
4560     break;
4561   case BO_LT:
4562     return FPBuilder.CreateLT(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4563   case BO_GT:
4564     return FPBuilder.CreateGT(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4565   case BO_LE:
4566     return FPBuilder.CreateLE(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4567   case BO_GE:
4568     return FPBuilder.CreateGE(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4569   case BO_EQ:
4570     // For equality operations, we assume any padding bits on unsigned types are
4571     // zero'd out. They could be overwritten through non-saturating operations
4572     // that cause overflow, but this leads to undefined behavior.
4573     return FPBuilder.CreateEQ(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4574   case BO_NE:
4575     return FPBuilder.CreateNE(LHS, LHSFixedSema, RHS, RHSFixedSema);
4576   case BO_Cmp:
4577   case BO_LAnd:
4578   case BO_LOr:
4579     llvm_unreachable("Found unimplemented fixed point binary operation");
4580   case BO_PtrMemD:
4581   case BO_PtrMemI:
4582   case BO_Rem:
4583   case BO_Xor:
4584   case BO_And:
4585   case BO_Or:
4586   case BO_Assign:
4587   case BO_RemAssign:
4588   case BO_AndAssign:
4589   case BO_XorAssign:
4590   case BO_OrAssign:
4591   case BO_Comma:
4592     llvm_unreachable("Found unsupported binary operation for fixed point types.");
4593   }
4594 
4595   bool IsShift = BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(op.Opcode) ||
4596                  BinaryOperator::isShiftAssignOp(op.Opcode);
4597   // Convert to the result type.
4598   return FPBuilder.CreateFixedToFixed(Result, IsShift ? LHSFixedSema
4599                                                       : CommonFixedSema,
4600                                       ResultFixedSema);
4601 }
4602 
4603 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitSub(const BinOpInfo &op) {
4604   // The LHS is always a pointer if either side is.
4605   if (!op.LHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4606     if (op.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
4607       switch (CGF.getLangOpts().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
4608       case LangOptions::SOB_Defined:
4609         if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
4610           return Builder.CreateSub(op.LHS, op.RHS, "sub");
4611         [[fallthrough]];
4612       case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
4613         if (!CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow))
4614           return Builder.CreateNSWSub(op.LHS, op.RHS, "sub");
4615         [[fallthrough]];
4616       case LangOptions::SOB_Trapping:
4617         if (CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), op))
4618           return Builder.CreateNSWSub(op.LHS, op.RHS, "sub");
4619         return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(op);
4620       }
4621     }
4622 
4623     // For vector and matrix subs, try to fold into a fmuladd.
4624     if (op.LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
4625       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, op.FPFeatures);
4626       // Try to form an fmuladd.
4627       if (Value *FMulAdd = tryEmitFMulAdd(op, CGF, Builder, true))
4628         return FMulAdd;
4629     }
4630 
4631     if (op.Ty->isConstantMatrixType()) {
4632       llvm::MatrixBuilder MB(Builder);
4633       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, op.FPFeatures);
4634       return MB.CreateSub(op.LHS, op.RHS);
4635     }
4636 
4637     if (op.Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType() &&
4638         CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow) &&
4639         !CanElideOverflowCheck(CGF.getContext(), op))
4640       return EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(op);
4641 
4642     if (op.LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
4643       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, op.FPFeatures);
4644       return Builder.CreateFSub(op.LHS, op.RHS, "sub");
4645     }
4646 
4647     if (op.isFixedPointOp())
4648       return EmitFixedPointBinOp(op);
4649 
4650     return Builder.CreateSub(op.LHS, op.RHS, "sub");
4651   }
4652 
4653   // If the RHS is not a pointer, then we have normal pointer
4654   // arithmetic.
4655   if (!op.RHS->getType()->isPointerTy())
4656     return emitPointerArithmetic(CGF, op, CodeGenFunction::IsSubtraction);
4657 
4658   // Otherwise, this is a pointer subtraction.
4659 
4660   // Do the raw subtraction part.
4661   llvm::Value *LHS
4662     = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(op.LHS, CGF.PtrDiffTy, "sub.ptr.lhs.cast");
4663   llvm::Value *RHS
4664     = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(op.RHS, CGF.PtrDiffTy, "sub.ptr.rhs.cast");
4665   Value *diffInChars = Builder.CreateSub(LHS, RHS, "sub.ptr.sub");
4666 
4667   // Okay, figure out the element size.
4668   const BinaryOperator *expr = cast<BinaryOperator>(op.E);
4669   QualType elementType = expr->getLHS()->getType()->getPointeeType();
4670 
4671   llvm::Value *divisor = nullptr;
4672 
4673   // For a variable-length array, this is going to be non-constant.
4674   if (const VariableArrayType *vla
4675         = CGF.getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(elementType)) {
4676     auto VlaSize = CGF.getVLASize(vla);
4677     elementType = VlaSize.Type;
4678     divisor = VlaSize.NumElts;
4679 
4680     // Scale the number of non-VLA elements by the non-VLA element size.
4681     CharUnits eltSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(elementType);
4682     if (!eltSize.isOne())
4683       divisor = CGF.Builder.CreateNUWMul(CGF.CGM.getSize(eltSize), divisor);
4684 
4685   // For everything elese, we can just compute it, safe in the
4686   // assumption that Sema won't let anything through that we can't
4687   // safely compute the size of.
4688   } else {
4689     CharUnits elementSize;
4690     // Handle GCC extension for pointer arithmetic on void* and
4691     // function pointer types.
4692     if (elementType->isVoidType() || elementType->isFunctionType())
4693       elementSize = CharUnits::One();
4694     else
4695       elementSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(elementType);
4696 
4697     // Don't even emit the divide for element size of 1.
4698     if (elementSize.isOne())
4699       return diffInChars;
4700 
4701     divisor = CGF.CGM.getSize(elementSize);
4702   }
4703 
4704   // Otherwise, do a full sdiv. This uses the "exact" form of sdiv, since
4705   // pointer difference in C is only defined in the case where both operands
4706   // are pointing to elements of an array.
4707   return Builder.CreateExactSDiv(diffInChars, divisor, "sub.ptr.div");
4708 }
4709 
4710 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::GetMaximumShiftAmount(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
4711                                                 bool RHSIsSigned) {
4712   llvm::IntegerType *Ty;
4713   if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(LHS->getType()))
4714     Ty = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(VT->getElementType());
4715   else
4716     Ty = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(LHS->getType());
4717   // For a given type of LHS the maximum shift amount is width(LHS)-1, however
4718   // it can occur that width(LHS)-1 > range(RHS). Since there is no check for
4719   // this in ConstantInt::get, this results in the value getting truncated.
4720   // Constrain the return value to be max(RHS) in this case.
4721   llvm::Type *RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4722   llvm::APInt RHSMax =
4723       RHSIsSigned ? llvm::APInt::getSignedMaxValue(RHSTy->getScalarSizeInBits())
4724                   : llvm::APInt::getMaxValue(RHSTy->getScalarSizeInBits());
4725   if (RHSMax.ult(Ty->getBitWidth()))
4726     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(RHSTy, RHSMax);
4727   return llvm::ConstantInt::get(RHSTy, Ty->getBitWidth() - 1);
4728 }
4729 
4730 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::ConstrainShiftValue(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
4731                                               const Twine &Name) {
4732   llvm::IntegerType *Ty;
4733   if (auto *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(LHS->getType()))
4734     Ty = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(VT->getElementType());
4735   else
4736     Ty = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(LHS->getType());
4737 
4738   if (llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Ty->getBitWidth()))
4739     return Builder.CreateAnd(RHS, GetMaximumShiftAmount(LHS, RHS, false), Name);
4740 
4741   return Builder.CreateURem(
4742       RHS, llvm::ConstantInt::get(RHS->getType(), Ty->getBitWidth()), Name);
4743 }
4744 
4745 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitShl(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
4746   // TODO: This misses out on the sanitizer check below.
4747   if (Ops.isFixedPointOp())
4748     return EmitFixedPointBinOp(Ops);
4749 
4750   // LLVM requires the LHS and RHS to be the same type: promote or truncate the
4751   // RHS to the same size as the LHS.
4752   Value *RHS = Ops.RHS;
4753   if (Ops.LHS->getType() != RHS->getType())
4754     RHS = Builder.CreateIntCast(RHS, Ops.LHS->getType(), false, "sh_prom");
4755 
4756   bool SanitizeSignedBase = CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ShiftBase) &&
4757                             Ops.Ty->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
4758                             !CGF.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined() &&
4759                             !CGF.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20;
4760   bool SanitizeUnsignedBase =
4761       CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::UnsignedShiftBase) &&
4762       Ops.Ty->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation();
4763   bool SanitizeBase = SanitizeSignedBase || SanitizeUnsignedBase;
4764   bool SanitizeExponent = CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ShiftExponent);
4765   // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS.
4766   if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenCL || CGF.getLangOpts().HLSL)
4767     RHS = ConstrainShiftValue(Ops.LHS, RHS, "shl.mask");
4768   else if ((SanitizeBase || SanitizeExponent) &&
4769            isa<llvm::IntegerType>(Ops.LHS->getType())) {
4770     SmallVector<SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal, 3> Ordinals;
4771     if (SanitizeSignedBase)
4772       Ordinals.push_back(SanitizerKind::SO_ShiftBase);
4773     if (SanitizeUnsignedBase)
4774       Ordinals.push_back(SanitizerKind::SO_UnsignedShiftBase);
4775     if (SanitizeExponent)
4776       Ordinals.push_back(SanitizerKind::SO_ShiftExponent);
4777 
4778     SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF, Ordinals,
4779                                     SanitizerHandler::ShiftOutOfBounds);
4780     SmallVector<std::pair<Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>, 2> Checks;
4781     bool RHSIsSigned = Ops.rhsHasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
4782     llvm::Value *WidthMinusOne =
4783         GetMaximumShiftAmount(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, RHSIsSigned);
4784     llvm::Value *ValidExponent = Builder.CreateICmpULE(Ops.RHS, WidthMinusOne);
4785 
4786     if (SanitizeExponent) {
4787       Checks.push_back(
4788           std::make_pair(ValidExponent, SanitizerKind::SO_ShiftExponent));
4789     }
4790 
4791     if (SanitizeBase) {
4792       // Check whether we are shifting any non-zero bits off the top of the
4793       // integer. We only emit this check if exponent is valid - otherwise
4794       // instructions below will have undefined behavior themselves.
4795       llvm::BasicBlock *Orig = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
4796       llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
4797       llvm::BasicBlock *CheckShiftBase = CGF.createBasicBlock("check");
4798       Builder.CreateCondBr(ValidExponent, CheckShiftBase, Cont);
4799       llvm::Value *PromotedWidthMinusOne =
4800           (RHS == Ops.RHS) ? WidthMinusOne
4801                            : GetMaximumShiftAmount(Ops.LHS, RHS, RHSIsSigned);
4802       CGF.EmitBlock(CheckShiftBase);
4803       llvm::Value *BitsShiftedOff = Builder.CreateLShr(
4804           Ops.LHS, Builder.CreateSub(PromotedWidthMinusOne, RHS, "shl.zeros",
4805                                      /*NUW*/ true, /*NSW*/ true),
4806           "shl.check");
4807       if (SanitizeUnsignedBase || CGF.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4808         // In C99, we are not permitted to shift a 1 bit into the sign bit.
4809         // Under C++11's rules, shifting a 1 bit into the sign bit is
4810         // OK, but shifting a 1 bit out of it is not. (C89 and C++03 don't
4811         // define signed left shifts, so we use the C99 and C++11 rules there).
4812         // Unsigned shifts can always shift into the top bit.
4813         llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(BitsShiftedOff->getType(), 1);
4814         BitsShiftedOff = Builder.CreateLShr(BitsShiftedOff, One);
4815       }
4816       llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::get(BitsShiftedOff->getType(), 0);
4817       llvm::Value *ValidBase = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(BitsShiftedOff, Zero);
4818       CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
4819       llvm::PHINode *BaseCheck = Builder.CreatePHI(ValidBase->getType(), 2);
4820       BaseCheck->addIncoming(Builder.getTrue(), Orig);
4821       BaseCheck->addIncoming(ValidBase, CheckShiftBase);
4822       Checks.push_back(std::make_pair(
4823           BaseCheck, SanitizeSignedBase ? SanitizerKind::SO_ShiftBase
4824                                         : SanitizerKind::SO_UnsignedShiftBase));
4825     }
4826 
4827     assert(!Checks.empty());
4828     EmitBinOpCheck(Checks, Ops);
4829   }
4830 
4831   return Builder.CreateShl(Ops.LHS, RHS, "shl");
4832 }
4833 
4834 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitShr(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
4835   // TODO: This misses out on the sanitizer check below.
4836   if (Ops.isFixedPointOp())
4837     return EmitFixedPointBinOp(Ops);
4838 
4839   // LLVM requires the LHS and RHS to be the same type: promote or truncate the
4840   // RHS to the same size as the LHS.
4841   Value *RHS = Ops.RHS;
4842   if (Ops.LHS->getType() != RHS->getType())
4843     RHS = Builder.CreateIntCast(RHS, Ops.LHS->getType(), false, "sh_prom");
4844 
4845   // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS.
4846   if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenCL || CGF.getLangOpts().HLSL)
4847     RHS = ConstrainShiftValue(Ops.LHS, RHS, "shr.mask");
4848   else if (CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ShiftExponent) &&
4849            isa<llvm::IntegerType>(Ops.LHS->getType())) {
4850     SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(&CGF, {SanitizerKind::SO_ShiftExponent},
4851                                     SanitizerHandler::ShiftOutOfBounds);
4852     bool RHSIsSigned = Ops.rhsHasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
4853     llvm::Value *Valid = Builder.CreateICmpULE(
4854         Ops.RHS, GetMaximumShiftAmount(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, RHSIsSigned));
4855     EmitBinOpCheck(std::make_pair(Valid, SanitizerKind::SO_ShiftExponent), Ops);
4856   }
4857 
4858   if (Ops.Ty->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
4859     return Builder.CreateLShr(Ops.LHS, RHS, "shr");
4860   return Builder.CreateAShr(Ops.LHS, RHS, "shr");
4861 }
4862 
4863 enum IntrinsicType { VCMPEQ, VCMPGT };
4864 // return corresponding comparison intrinsic for given vector type
4865 static llvm::Intrinsic::ID GetIntrinsic(IntrinsicType IT,
4866                                         BuiltinType::Kind ElemKind) {
4867   switch (ElemKind) {
4868   default: llvm_unreachable("unexpected element type");
4869   case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4870   case BuiltinType::UChar:
4871     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequb_p :
4872                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtub_p;
4873   case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4874   case BuiltinType::SChar:
4875     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequb_p :
4876                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtsb_p;
4877   case BuiltinType::UShort:
4878     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequh_p :
4879                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtuh_p;
4880   case BuiltinType::Short:
4881     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequh_p :
4882                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtsh_p;
4883   case BuiltinType::UInt:
4884     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequw_p :
4885                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtuw_p;
4886   case BuiltinType::Int:
4887     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequw_p :
4888                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtsw_p;
4889   case BuiltinType::ULong:
4890   case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
4891     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequd_p :
4892                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtud_p;
4893   case BuiltinType::Long:
4894   case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4895     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequd_p :
4896                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtsd_p;
4897   case BuiltinType::Float:
4898     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpeqfp_p :
4899                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtfp_p;
4900   case BuiltinType::Double:
4901     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_vsx_xvcmpeqdp_p :
4902                             llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_vsx_xvcmpgtdp_p;
4903   case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4904     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequq_p
4905                           : llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtuq_p;
4906   case BuiltinType::Int128:
4907     return (IT == VCMPEQ) ? llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpequq_p
4908                           : llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgtsq_p;
4909   }
4910 }
4911 
4912 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitCompare(const BinaryOperator *E,
4913                                       llvm::CmpInst::Predicate UICmpOpc,
4914                                       llvm::CmpInst::Predicate SICmpOpc,
4915                                       llvm::CmpInst::Predicate FCmpOpc,
4916                                       bool IsSignaling) {
4917   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
4918   Value *Result;
4919   QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType();
4920   QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType();
4921   if (const MemberPointerType *MPT = LHSTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
4922     assert(E->getOpcode() == BO_EQ ||
4923            E->getOpcode() == BO_NE);
4924     Value *LHS = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getLHS());
4925     Value *RHS = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getRHS());
4926     Result = CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().EmitMemberPointerComparison(
4927                    CGF, LHS, RHS, MPT, E->getOpcode() == BO_NE);
4928   } else if (!LHSTy->isAnyComplexType() && !RHSTy->isAnyComplexType()) {
4929     BinOpInfo BOInfo = EmitBinOps(E);
4930     Value *LHS = BOInfo.LHS;
4931     Value *RHS = BOInfo.RHS;
4932 
4933     // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, so we use
4934     // intrinsics comparing vectors and giving 0 or 1 as a result
4935     if (LHSTy->isVectorType() && !E->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4936       // constants for mapping CR6 register bits to predicate result
4937       enum { CR6_EQ=0, CR6_EQ_REV, CR6_LT, CR6_LT_REV } CR6;
4938 
4939       llvm::Intrinsic::ID ID = llvm::Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
4940 
4941       // in several cases vector arguments order will be reversed
4942       Value *FirstVecArg = LHS,
4943             *SecondVecArg = RHS;
4944 
4945       QualType ElTy = LHSTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4946       BuiltinType::Kind ElementKind = ElTy->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind();
4947 
4948       switch(E->getOpcode()) {
4949       default: llvm_unreachable("is not a comparison operation");
4950       case BO_EQ:
4951         CR6 = CR6_LT;
4952         ID = GetIntrinsic(VCMPEQ, ElementKind);
4953         break;
4954       case BO_NE:
4955         CR6 = CR6_EQ;
4956         ID = GetIntrinsic(VCMPEQ, ElementKind);
4957         break;
4958       case BO_LT:
4959         CR6 = CR6_LT;
4960         ID = GetIntrinsic(VCMPGT, ElementKind);
4961         std::swap(FirstVecArg, SecondVecArg);
4962         break;
4963       case BO_GT:
4964         CR6 = CR6_LT;
4965         ID = GetIntrinsic(VCMPGT, ElementKind);
4966         break;
4967       case BO_LE:
4968         if (ElementKind == BuiltinType::Float) {
4969           CR6 = CR6_LT;
4970           ID = llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgefp_p;
4971           std::swap(FirstVecArg, SecondVecArg);
4972         }
4973         else {
4974           CR6 = CR6_EQ;
4975           ID = GetIntrinsic(VCMPGT, ElementKind);
4976         }
4977         break;
4978       case BO_GE:
4979         if (ElementKind == BuiltinType::Float) {
4980           CR6 = CR6_LT;
4981           ID = llvm::Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vcmpgefp_p;
4982         }
4983         else {
4984           CR6 = CR6_EQ;
4985           ID = GetIntrinsic(VCMPGT, ElementKind);
4986           std::swap(FirstVecArg, SecondVecArg);
4987         }
4988         break;
4989       }
4990 
4991       Value *CR6Param = Builder.getInt32(CR6);
4992       llvm::Function *F = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(ID);
4993       Result = Builder.CreateCall(F, {CR6Param, FirstVecArg, SecondVecArg});
4994 
4995       // The result type of intrinsic may not be same as E->getType().
4996       // If E->getType() is not BoolTy, EmitScalarConversion will do the
4997       // conversion work. If E->getType() is BoolTy, EmitScalarConversion will
4998       // do nothing, if ResultTy is not i1 at the same time, it will cause
4999       // crash later.
5000       llvm::IntegerType *ResultTy = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(Result->getType());
5001       if (ResultTy->getBitWidth() > 1 &&
5002           E->getType() == CGF.getContext().BoolTy)
5003         Result = Builder.CreateTrunc(Result, Builder.getInt1Ty());
5004       return EmitScalarConversion(Result, CGF.getContext().BoolTy, E->getType(),
5005                                   E->getExprLoc());
5006     }
5007 
5008     if (BOInfo.isFixedPointOp()) {
5009       Result = EmitFixedPointBinOp(BOInfo);
5010     } else if (LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
5011       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(CGF, BOInfo.FPFeatures);
5012       if (!IsSignaling)
5013         Result = Builder.CreateFCmp(FCmpOpc, LHS, RHS, "cmp");
5014       else
5015         Result = Builder.CreateFCmpS(FCmpOpc, LHS, RHS, "cmp");
5016     } else if (LHSTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
5017       Result = Builder.CreateICmp(SICmpOpc, LHS, RHS, "cmp");
5018     } else {
5019       // Unsigned integers and pointers.
5020 
5021       if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictVTablePointers &&
5022           !isa<llvm::ConstantPointerNull>(LHS) &&
5023           !isa<llvm::ConstantPointerNull>(RHS)) {
5024 
5025         // Dynamic information is required to be stripped for comparisons,
5026         // because it could leak the dynamic information.  Based on comparisons
5027         // of pointers to dynamic objects, the optimizer can replace one pointer
5028         // with another, which might be incorrect in presence of invariant
5029         // groups. Comparison with null is safe because null does not carry any
5030         // dynamic information.
5031         if (LHSTy.mayBeDynamicClass())
5032           LHS = Builder.CreateStripInvariantGroup(LHS);
5033         if (RHSTy.mayBeDynamicClass())
5034           RHS = Builder.CreateStripInvariantGroup(RHS);
5035       }
5036 
5037       Result = Builder.CreateICmp(UICmpOpc, LHS, RHS, "cmp");
5038     }
5039 
5040     // If this is a vector comparison, sign extend the result to the appropriate
5041     // vector integer type and return it (don't convert to bool).
5042     if (LHSTy->isVectorType())
5043       return Builder.CreateSExt(Result, ConvertType(E->getType()), "sext");
5044 
5045   } else {
5046     // Complex Comparison: can only be an equality comparison.
5047     CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy LHS, RHS;
5048     QualType CETy;
5049     if (auto *CTy = LHSTy->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
5050       LHS = CGF.EmitComplexExpr(E->getLHS());
5051       CETy = CTy->getElementType();
5052     } else {
5053       LHS.first = Visit(E->getLHS());
5054       LHS.second = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(LHS.first->getType());
5055       CETy = LHSTy;
5056     }
5057     if (auto *CTy = RHSTy->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
5058       RHS = CGF.EmitComplexExpr(E->getRHS());
5059       assert(CGF.getContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(CETy,
5060                                                      CTy->getElementType()) &&
5061              "The element types must always match.");
5062       (void)CTy;
5063     } else {
5064       RHS.first = Visit(E->getRHS());
5065       RHS.second = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(RHS.first->getType());
5066       assert(CGF.getContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(CETy, RHSTy) &&
5067              "The element types must always match.");
5068     }
5069 
5070     Value *ResultR, *ResultI;
5071     if (CETy->isRealFloatingType()) {
5072       // As complex comparisons can only be equality comparisons, they
5073       // are never signaling comparisons.
5074       ResultR = Builder.CreateFCmp(FCmpOpc, LHS.first, RHS.first, "cmp.r");
5075       ResultI = Builder.CreateFCmp(FCmpOpc, LHS.second, RHS.second, "cmp.i");
5076     } else {
5077       // Complex comparisons can only be equality comparisons.  As such, signed
5078       // and unsigned opcodes are the same.
5079       ResultR = Builder.CreateICmp(UICmpOpc, LHS.first, RHS.first, "cmp.r");
5080       ResultI = Builder.CreateICmp(UICmpOpc, LHS.second, RHS.second, "cmp.i");
5081     }
5082 
5083     if (E->getOpcode() == BO_EQ) {
5084       Result = Builder.CreateAnd(ResultR, ResultI, "and.ri");
5085     } else {
5086       assert(E->getOpcode() == BO_NE &&
5087              "Complex comparison other than == or != ?");
5088       Result = Builder.CreateOr(ResultR, ResultI, "or.ri");
5089     }
5090   }
5091 
5092   return EmitScalarConversion(Result, CGF.getContext().BoolTy, E->getType(),
5093                               E->getExprLoc());
5094 }
5095 
5096 llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitWithOriginalRHSBitfieldAssignment(
5097     const BinaryOperator *E, Value **Previous, QualType *SrcType) {
5098   // In case we have the integer or bitfield sanitizer checks enabled
5099   // we want to get the expression before scalar conversion.
5100   if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E->getRHS())) {
5101     CastKind Kind = ICE->getCastKind();
5102     if (Kind == CK_IntegralCast || Kind == CK_LValueToRValue) {
5103       *SrcType = ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
5104       *Previous = EmitScalarExpr(ICE->getSubExpr());
5105       // Pass default ScalarConversionOpts to avoid emitting
5106       // integer sanitizer checks as E refers to bitfield.
5107       return EmitScalarConversion(*Previous, *SrcType, ICE->getType(),
5108                                   ICE->getExprLoc());
5109     }
5110   }
5111   return EmitScalarExpr(E->getRHS());
5112 }
5113 
5114 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *E) {
5115   ApplyAtomGroup Grp(CGF.getDebugInfo());
5116   bool Ignore = TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
5117 
5118   Value *RHS;
5119   LValue LHS;
5120 
5121   if (PointerAuthQualifier PtrAuth = E->getLHS()->getType().getPointerAuth()) {
5122     LValue LV = CGF.EmitCheckedLValue(E->getLHS(), CodeGenFunction::TCK_Store);
5123     LV.getQuals().removePointerAuth();
5124     llvm::Value *RV =
5125         CGF.EmitPointerAuthQualify(PtrAuth, E->getRHS(), LV.getAddress());
5126     CGF.EmitNullabilityCheck(LV, RV, E->getExprLoc());
5127     CGF.EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue::get(RV), LV);
5128 
5129     if (Ignore)
5130       return nullptr;
5131     RV = CGF.EmitPointerAuthUnqualify(PtrAuth, RV, LV.getType(),
5132                                       LV.getAddress(), /*nonnull*/ false);
5133     return RV;
5134   }
5135 
5136   switch (E->getLHS()->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
5137   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
5138     std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CGF.EmitARCStoreStrong(E, Ignore);
5139     break;
5140 
5141   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
5142     std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CGF.EmitARCStoreAutoreleasing(E);
5143     break;
5144 
5145   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
5146     std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CGF.EmitARCStoreUnsafeUnretained(E, Ignore);
5147     break;
5148 
5149   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
5150     RHS = Visit(E->getRHS());
5151     LHS = EmitCheckedLValue(E->getLHS(), CodeGenFunction::TCK_Store);
5152     RHS = CGF.EmitARCStoreWeak(LHS.getAddress(), RHS, Ignore);
5153     break;
5154 
5155   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
5156     // __block variables need to have the rhs evaluated first, plus
5157     // this should improve codegen just a little.
5158     Value *Previous = nullptr;
5159     QualType SrcType = E->getRHS()->getType();
5160     // Check if LHS is a bitfield, if RHS contains an implicit cast expression
5161     // we want to extract that value and potentially (if the bitfield sanitizer
5162     // is enabled) use it to check for an implicit conversion.
5163     if (E->getLHS()->refersToBitField())
5164       RHS = CGF.EmitWithOriginalRHSBitfieldAssignment(E, &Previous, &SrcType);
5165     else
5166       RHS = Visit(E->getRHS());
5167 
5168     LHS = EmitCheckedLValue(E->getLHS(), CodeGenFunction::TCK_Store);
5169 
5170     // Store the value into the LHS.  Bit-fields are handled specially
5171     // because the result is altered by the store, i.e., [C99 6.5.16p1]
5172     // 'An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after
5173     // the assignment...'.
5174     if (LHS.isBitField()) {
5175       CGF.EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(RValue::get(RHS), LHS, &RHS);
5176       // If the expression contained an implicit conversion, make sure
5177       // to use the value before the scalar conversion.
5178       Value *Src = Previous ? Previous : RHS;
5179       QualType DstType = E->getLHS()->getType();
5180       CGF.EmitBitfieldConversionCheck(Src, SrcType, RHS, DstType,
5181                                       LHS.getBitFieldInfo(), E->getExprLoc());
5182     } else {
5183       CGF.EmitNullabilityCheck(LHS, RHS, E->getExprLoc());
5184       CGF.EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue::get(RHS), LHS);
5185     }
5186   }
5187 
5188   // If the result is clearly ignored, return now.
5189   if (Ignore)
5190     return nullptr;
5191 
5192   // The result of an assignment in C is the assigned r-value.
5193   if (!CGF.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5194     return RHS;
5195 
5196   // If the lvalue is non-volatile, return the computed value of the assignment.
5197   if (!LHS.isVolatileQualified())
5198     return RHS;
5199 
5200   // Otherwise, reload the value.
5201   return EmitLoadOfLValue(LHS, E->getExprLoc());
5202 }
5203 
5204 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitBinLAnd(const BinaryOperator *E) {
5205   // Perform vector logical and on comparisons with zero vectors.
5206   if (E->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5207     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5208 
5209     Value *LHS = Visit(E->getLHS());
5210     Value *RHS = Visit(E->getRHS());
5211     Value *Zero = llvm::ConstantAggregateZero::get(LHS->getType());
5212     if (LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
5213       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(
5214           CGF, E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts()));
5215       LHS = Builder.CreateFCmp(llvm::CmpInst::FCMP_UNE, LHS, Zero, "cmp");
5216       RHS = Builder.CreateFCmp(llvm::CmpInst::FCMP_UNE, RHS, Zero, "cmp");
5217     } else {
5218       LHS = Builder.CreateICmp(llvm::CmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, Zero, "cmp");
5219       RHS = Builder.CreateICmp(llvm::CmpInst::ICMP_NE, RHS, Zero, "cmp");
5220     }
5221     Value *And = Builder.CreateAnd(LHS, RHS);
5222     return Builder.CreateSExt(And, ConvertType(E->getType()), "sext");
5223   }
5224 
5225   bool InstrumentRegions = CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().hasProfileClangInstr();
5226   llvm::Type *ResTy = ConvertType(E->getType());
5227 
5228   // If we have 0 && RHS, see if we can elide RHS, if so, just return 0.
5229   // If we have 1 && X, just emit X without inserting the control flow.
5230   bool LHSCondVal;
5231   if (CGF.ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(E->getLHS(), LHSCondVal)) {
5232     if (LHSCondVal) { // If we have 1 && X, just emit X.
5233       CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5234 
5235       // If the top of the logical operator nest, reset the MCDC temp to 0.
5236       if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5237         CGF.maybeResetMCDCCondBitmap(E);
5238 
5239       CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.push_back(E);
5240 
5241       Value *RHSCond = CGF.EvaluateExprAsBool(E->getRHS());
5242 
5243       // If we're generating for profiling or coverage, generate a branch to a
5244       // block that increments the RHS counter needed to track branch condition
5245       // coverage. In this case, use "FBlock" as both the final "TrueBlock" and
5246       // "FalseBlock" after the increment is done.
5247       if (InstrumentRegions &&
5248           CodeGenFunction::isInstrumentedCondition(E->getRHS())) {
5249         CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCCondBitmap(E->getRHS(), RHSCond);
5250         llvm::BasicBlock *FBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("land.end");
5251         llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlockCnt = CGF.createBasicBlock("land.rhscnt");
5252         Builder.CreateCondBr(RHSCond, RHSBlockCnt, FBlock);
5253         CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlockCnt);
5254         CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E->getRHS());
5255         CGF.EmitBranch(FBlock);
5256         CGF.EmitBlock(FBlock);
5257       } else
5258         CGF.markStmtMaybeUsed(E->getRHS());
5259 
5260       CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.pop_back();
5261       // If the top of the logical operator nest, update the MCDC bitmap.
5262       if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5263         CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(E);
5264 
5265       // ZExt result to int or bool.
5266       return Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(RHSCond, ResTy, "land.ext");
5267     }
5268 
5269     // 0 && RHS: If it is safe, just elide the RHS, and return 0/false.
5270     if (!CGF.ContainsLabel(E->getRHS())) {
5271       CGF.markStmtMaybeUsed(E->getRHS());
5272       return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ResTy);
5273     }
5274   }
5275 
5276   // If the top of the logical operator nest, reset the MCDC temp to 0.
5277   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5278     CGF.maybeResetMCDCCondBitmap(E);
5279 
5280   CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.push_back(E);
5281 
5282   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("land.end");
5283   llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlock  = CGF.createBasicBlock("land.rhs");
5284 
5285   CodeGenFunction::ConditionalEvaluation eval(CGF);
5286 
5287   // Branch on the LHS first.  If it is false, go to the failure (cont) block.
5288   CGF.EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(E->getLHS(), RHSBlock, ContBlock,
5289                            CGF.getProfileCount(E->getRHS()));
5290 
5291   // Any edges into the ContBlock are now from an (indeterminate number of)
5292   // edges from this first condition.  All of these values will be false.  Start
5293   // setting up the PHI node in the Cont Block for this.
5294   llvm::PHINode *PN = llvm::PHINode::Create(llvm::Type::getInt1Ty(VMContext), 2,
5295                                             "", ContBlock);
5296   for (llvm::pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(ContBlock), PE = pred_end(ContBlock);
5297        PI != PE; ++PI)
5298     PN->addIncoming(llvm::ConstantInt::getFalse(VMContext), *PI);
5299 
5300   eval.begin(CGF);
5301   CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlock);
5302   CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5303   Value *RHSCond = CGF.EvaluateExprAsBool(E->getRHS());
5304   eval.end(CGF);
5305 
5306   // Reaquire the RHS block, as there may be subblocks inserted.
5307   RHSBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
5308 
5309   // If we're generating for profiling or coverage, generate a branch on the
5310   // RHS to a block that increments the RHS true counter needed to track branch
5311   // condition coverage.
5312   if (InstrumentRegions &&
5313       CodeGenFunction::isInstrumentedCondition(E->getRHS())) {
5314     CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCCondBitmap(E->getRHS(), RHSCond);
5315     llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlockCnt = CGF.createBasicBlock("land.rhscnt");
5316     Builder.CreateCondBr(RHSCond, RHSBlockCnt, ContBlock);
5317     CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlockCnt);
5318     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E->getRHS());
5319     CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5320     PN->addIncoming(RHSCond, RHSBlockCnt);
5321   }
5322 
5323   // Emit an unconditional branch from this block to ContBlock.
5324   {
5325     // There is no need to emit line number for unconditional branch.
5326     auto NL = ApplyDebugLocation::CreateEmpty(CGF);
5327     CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5328   }
5329   // Insert an entry into the phi node for the edge with the value of RHSCond.
5330   PN->addIncoming(RHSCond, RHSBlock);
5331 
5332   CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.pop_back();
5333   // If the top of the logical operator nest, update the MCDC bitmap.
5334   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5335     CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(E);
5336 
5337   // Artificial location to preserve the scope information
5338   {
5339     auto NL = ApplyDebugLocation::CreateArtificial(CGF);
5340     PN->setDebugLoc(Builder.getCurrentDebugLocation());
5341   }
5342 
5343   // ZExt result to int.
5344   return Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(PN, ResTy, "land.ext");
5345 }
5346 
5347 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitBinLOr(const BinaryOperator *E) {
5348   // Perform vector logical or on comparisons with zero vectors.
5349   if (E->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5350     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5351 
5352     Value *LHS = Visit(E->getLHS());
5353     Value *RHS = Visit(E->getRHS());
5354     Value *Zero = llvm::ConstantAggregateZero::get(LHS->getType());
5355     if (LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
5356       CodeGenFunction::CGFPOptionsRAII FPOptsRAII(
5357           CGF, E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(CGF.getLangOpts()));
5358       LHS = Builder.CreateFCmp(llvm::CmpInst::FCMP_UNE, LHS, Zero, "cmp");
5359       RHS = Builder.CreateFCmp(llvm::CmpInst::FCMP_UNE, RHS, Zero, "cmp");
5360     } else {
5361       LHS = Builder.CreateICmp(llvm::CmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, Zero, "cmp");
5362       RHS = Builder.CreateICmp(llvm::CmpInst::ICMP_NE, RHS, Zero, "cmp");
5363     }
5364     Value *Or = Builder.CreateOr(LHS, RHS);
5365     return Builder.CreateSExt(Or, ConvertType(E->getType()), "sext");
5366   }
5367 
5368   bool InstrumentRegions = CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().hasProfileClangInstr();
5369   llvm::Type *ResTy = ConvertType(E->getType());
5370 
5371   // If we have 1 || RHS, see if we can elide RHS, if so, just return 1.
5372   // If we have 0 || X, just emit X without inserting the control flow.
5373   bool LHSCondVal;
5374   if (CGF.ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(E->getLHS(), LHSCondVal)) {
5375     if (!LHSCondVal) { // If we have 0 || X, just emit X.
5376       CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5377 
5378       // If the top of the logical operator nest, reset the MCDC temp to 0.
5379       if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5380         CGF.maybeResetMCDCCondBitmap(E);
5381 
5382       CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.push_back(E);
5383 
5384       Value *RHSCond = CGF.EvaluateExprAsBool(E->getRHS());
5385 
5386       // If we're generating for profiling or coverage, generate a branch to a
5387       // block that increments the RHS counter need to track branch condition
5388       // coverage. In this case, use "FBlock" as both the final "TrueBlock" and
5389       // "FalseBlock" after the increment is done.
5390       if (InstrumentRegions &&
5391           CodeGenFunction::isInstrumentedCondition(E->getRHS())) {
5392         CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCCondBitmap(E->getRHS(), RHSCond);
5393         llvm::BasicBlock *FBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("lor.end");
5394         llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlockCnt = CGF.createBasicBlock("lor.rhscnt");
5395         Builder.CreateCondBr(RHSCond, FBlock, RHSBlockCnt);
5396         CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlockCnt);
5397         CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E->getRHS());
5398         CGF.EmitBranch(FBlock);
5399         CGF.EmitBlock(FBlock);
5400       } else
5401         CGF.markStmtMaybeUsed(E->getRHS());
5402 
5403       CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.pop_back();
5404       // If the top of the logical operator nest, update the MCDC bitmap.
5405       if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5406         CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(E);
5407 
5408       // ZExt result to int or bool.
5409       return Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(RHSCond, ResTy, "lor.ext");
5410     }
5411 
5412     // 1 || RHS: If it is safe, just elide the RHS, and return 1/true.
5413     if (!CGF.ContainsLabel(E->getRHS())) {
5414       CGF.markStmtMaybeUsed(E->getRHS());
5415       return llvm::ConstantInt::get(ResTy, 1);
5416     }
5417   }
5418 
5419   // If the top of the logical operator nest, reset the MCDC temp to 0.
5420   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5421     CGF.maybeResetMCDCCondBitmap(E);
5422 
5423   CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.push_back(E);
5424 
5425   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("lor.end");
5426   llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("lor.rhs");
5427 
5428   CodeGenFunction::ConditionalEvaluation eval(CGF);
5429 
5430   // Branch on the LHS first.  If it is true, go to the success (cont) block.
5431   CGF.EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(E->getLHS(), ContBlock, RHSBlock,
5432                            CGF.getCurrentProfileCount() -
5433                                CGF.getProfileCount(E->getRHS()));
5434 
5435   // Any edges into the ContBlock are now from an (indeterminate number of)
5436   // edges from this first condition.  All of these values will be true.  Start
5437   // setting up the PHI node in the Cont Block for this.
5438   llvm::PHINode *PN = llvm::PHINode::Create(llvm::Type::getInt1Ty(VMContext), 2,
5439                                             "", ContBlock);
5440   for (llvm::pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(ContBlock), PE = pred_end(ContBlock);
5441        PI != PE; ++PI)
5442     PN->addIncoming(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(VMContext), *PI);
5443 
5444   eval.begin(CGF);
5445 
5446   // Emit the RHS condition as a bool value.
5447   CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlock);
5448   CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5449   Value *RHSCond = CGF.EvaluateExprAsBool(E->getRHS());
5450 
5451   eval.end(CGF);
5452 
5453   // Reaquire the RHS block, as there may be subblocks inserted.
5454   RHSBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
5455 
5456   // If we're generating for profiling or coverage, generate a branch on the
5457   // RHS to a block that increments the RHS true counter needed to track branch
5458   // condition coverage.
5459   if (InstrumentRegions &&
5460       CodeGenFunction::isInstrumentedCondition(E->getRHS())) {
5461     CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCCondBitmap(E->getRHS(), RHSCond);
5462     llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlockCnt = CGF.createBasicBlock("lor.rhscnt");
5463     Builder.CreateCondBr(RHSCond, ContBlock, RHSBlockCnt);
5464     CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlockCnt);
5465     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E->getRHS());
5466     CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5467     PN->addIncoming(RHSCond, RHSBlockCnt);
5468   }
5469 
5470   // Emit an unconditional branch from this block to ContBlock.  Insert an entry
5471   // into the phi node for the edge with the value of RHSCond.
5472   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5473   PN->addIncoming(RHSCond, RHSBlock);
5474 
5475   CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.pop_back();
5476   // If the top of the logical operator nest, update the MCDC bitmap.
5477   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5478     CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(E);
5479 
5480   // ZExt result to int.
5481   return Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(PN, ResTy, "lor.ext");
5482 }
5483 
5484 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitBinComma(const BinaryOperator *E) {
5485   CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(E->getLHS());
5486   CGF.EnsureInsertPoint();
5487   return Visit(E->getRHS());
5488 }
5489 
5490 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5491 //                             Other Operators
5492 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5493 
5494 /// isCheapEnoughToEvaluateUnconditionally - Return true if the specified
5495 /// expression is cheap enough and side-effect-free enough to evaluate
5496 /// unconditionally instead of conditionally.  This is used to convert control
5497 /// flow into selects in some cases.
5498 static bool isCheapEnoughToEvaluateUnconditionally(const Expr *E,
5499                                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
5500   // Anything that is an integer or floating point constant is fine.
5501   return E->IgnoreParens()->isEvaluatable(CGF.getContext());
5502 
5503   // Even non-volatile automatic variables can't be evaluated unconditionally.
5504   // Referencing a thread_local may cause non-trivial initialization work to
5505   // occur. If we're inside a lambda and one of the variables is from the scope
5506   // outside the lambda, that function may have returned already. Reading its
5507   // locals is a bad idea. Also, these reads may introduce races there didn't
5508   // exist in the source-level program.
5509 }
5510 
5511 
5512 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::
5513 VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E) {
5514   TestAndClearIgnoreResultAssign();
5515 
5516   // Bind the common expression if necessary.
5517   CodeGenFunction::OpaqueValueMapping binding(CGF, E);
5518 
5519   Expr *condExpr = E->getCond();
5520   Expr *lhsExpr = E->getTrueExpr();
5521   Expr *rhsExpr = E->getFalseExpr();
5522 
5523   // If the condition constant folds and can be elided, try to avoid emitting
5524   // the condition and the dead arm.
5525   bool CondExprBool;
5526   if (CGF.ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(condExpr, CondExprBool)) {
5527     Expr *live = lhsExpr, *dead = rhsExpr;
5528     if (!CondExprBool) std::swap(live, dead);
5529 
5530     // If the dead side doesn't have labels we need, just emit the Live part.
5531     if (!CGF.ContainsLabel(dead)) {
5532       if (CondExprBool) {
5533         if (llvm::EnableSingleByteCoverage) {
5534           CGF.incrementProfileCounter(lhsExpr);
5535           CGF.incrementProfileCounter(rhsExpr);
5536         }
5537         CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5538       }
5539       Value *Result = Visit(live);
5540       CGF.markStmtMaybeUsed(dead);
5541 
5542       // If the live part is a throw expression, it acts like it has a void
5543       // type, so evaluating it returns a null Value*.  However, a conditional
5544       // with non-void type must return a non-null Value*.
5545       if (!Result && !E->getType()->isVoidType())
5546         Result = llvm::UndefValue::get(CGF.ConvertType(E->getType()));
5547 
5548       return Result;
5549     }
5550   }
5551 
5552   // OpenCL: If the condition is a vector, we can treat this condition like
5553   // the select function.
5554   if ((CGF.getLangOpts().OpenCL && condExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) ||
5555       condExpr->getType()->isExtVectorType()) {
5556     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5557 
5558     llvm::Value *CondV = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(condExpr);
5559     llvm::Value *LHS = Visit(lhsExpr);
5560     llvm::Value *RHS = Visit(rhsExpr);
5561 
5562     llvm::Type *condType = ConvertType(condExpr->getType());
5563     auto *vecTy = cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(condType);
5564 
5565     unsigned numElem = vecTy->getNumElements();
5566     llvm::Type *elemType = vecTy->getElementType();
5567 
5568     llvm::Value *zeroVec = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(vecTy);
5569     llvm::Value *TestMSB = Builder.CreateICmpSLT(CondV, zeroVec);
5570     llvm::Value *tmp = Builder.CreateSExt(
5571         TestMSB, llvm::FixedVectorType::get(elemType, numElem), "sext");
5572     llvm::Value *tmp2 = Builder.CreateNot(tmp);
5573 
5574     // Cast float to int to perform ANDs if necessary.
5575     llvm::Value *RHSTmp = RHS;
5576     llvm::Value *LHSTmp = LHS;
5577     bool wasCast = false;
5578     llvm::VectorType *rhsVTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(RHS->getType());
5579     if (rhsVTy->getElementType()->isFloatingPointTy()) {
5580       RHSTmp = Builder.CreateBitCast(RHS, tmp2->getType());
5581       LHSTmp = Builder.CreateBitCast(LHS, tmp->getType());
5582       wasCast = true;
5583     }
5584 
5585     llvm::Value *tmp3 = Builder.CreateAnd(RHSTmp, tmp2);
5586     llvm::Value *tmp4 = Builder.CreateAnd(LHSTmp, tmp);
5587     llvm::Value *tmp5 = Builder.CreateOr(tmp3, tmp4, "cond");
5588     if (wasCast)
5589       tmp5 = Builder.CreateBitCast(tmp5, RHS->getType());
5590 
5591     return tmp5;
5592   }
5593 
5594   if (condExpr->getType()->isVectorType() ||
5595       condExpr->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) {
5596     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5597 
5598     llvm::Value *CondV = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(condExpr);
5599     llvm::Value *LHS = Visit(lhsExpr);
5600     llvm::Value *RHS = Visit(rhsExpr);
5601 
5602     llvm::Type *CondType = ConvertType(condExpr->getType());
5603     auto *VecTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(CondType);
5604     llvm::Value *ZeroVec = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(VecTy);
5605 
5606     CondV = Builder.CreateICmpNE(CondV, ZeroVec, "vector_cond");
5607     return Builder.CreateSelect(CondV, LHS, RHS, "vector_select");
5608   }
5609 
5610   // If this is a really simple expression (like x ? 4 : 5), emit this as a
5611   // select instead of as control flow.  We can only do this if it is cheap and
5612   // safe to evaluate the LHS and RHS unconditionally.
5613   if (isCheapEnoughToEvaluateUnconditionally(lhsExpr, CGF) &&
5614       isCheapEnoughToEvaluateUnconditionally(rhsExpr, CGF)) {
5615     llvm::Value *CondV = CGF.EvaluateExprAsBool(condExpr);
5616     llvm::Value *StepV = Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(CondV, CGF.Int64Ty);
5617 
5618     if (llvm::EnableSingleByteCoverage) {
5619       CGF.incrementProfileCounter(lhsExpr);
5620       CGF.incrementProfileCounter(rhsExpr);
5621       CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5622     } else
5623       CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E, StepV);
5624 
5625     llvm::Value *LHS = Visit(lhsExpr);
5626     llvm::Value *RHS = Visit(rhsExpr);
5627     if (!LHS) {
5628       // If the conditional has void type, make sure we return a null Value*.
5629       assert(!RHS && "LHS and RHS types must match");
5630       return nullptr;
5631     }
5632     return Builder.CreateSelect(CondV, LHS, RHS, "cond");
5633   }
5634 
5635   // If the top of the logical operator nest, reset the MCDC temp to 0.
5636   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5637     CGF.maybeResetMCDCCondBitmap(condExpr);
5638 
5639   llvm::BasicBlock *LHSBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("cond.true");
5640   llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("cond.false");
5641   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("cond.end");
5642 
5643   CodeGenFunction::ConditionalEvaluation eval(CGF);
5644   CGF.EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(condExpr, LHSBlock, RHSBlock,
5645                            CGF.getProfileCount(lhsExpr));
5646 
5647   CGF.EmitBlock(LHSBlock);
5648 
5649   // If the top of the logical operator nest, update the MCDC bitmap for the
5650   // ConditionalOperator prior to visiting its LHS and RHS blocks, since they
5651   // may also contain a boolean expression.
5652   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5653     CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(condExpr);
5654 
5655   if (llvm::EnableSingleByteCoverage)
5656     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(lhsExpr);
5657   else
5658     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5659 
5660   eval.begin(CGF);
5661   Value *LHS = Visit(lhsExpr);
5662   eval.end(CGF);
5663 
5664   LHSBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
5665   Builder.CreateBr(ContBlock);
5666 
5667   CGF.EmitBlock(RHSBlock);
5668 
5669   // If the top of the logical operator nest, update the MCDC bitmap for the
5670   // ConditionalOperator prior to visiting its LHS and RHS blocks, since they
5671   // may also contain a boolean expression.
5672   if (CGF.MCDCLogOpStack.empty())
5673     CGF.maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(condExpr);
5674 
5675   if (llvm::EnableSingleByteCoverage)
5676     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(rhsExpr);
5677 
5678   eval.begin(CGF);
5679   Value *RHS = Visit(rhsExpr);
5680   eval.end(CGF);
5681 
5682   RHSBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
5683   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5684 
5685   // If the LHS or RHS is a throw expression, it will be legitimately null.
5686   if (!LHS)
5687     return RHS;
5688   if (!RHS)
5689     return LHS;
5690 
5691   // Create a PHI node for the real part.
5692   llvm::PHINode *PN = Builder.CreatePHI(LHS->getType(), 2, "cond");
5693   PN->addIncoming(LHS, LHSBlock);
5694   PN->addIncoming(RHS, RHSBlock);
5695 
5696   // When single byte coverage mode is enabled, add a counter to continuation
5697   // block.
5698   if (llvm::EnableSingleByteCoverage)
5699     CGF.incrementProfileCounter(E);
5700 
5701   return PN;
5702 }
5703 
5704 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitChooseExpr(ChooseExpr *E) {
5705   return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr());
5706 }
5707 
5708 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *VE) {
5709   Address ArgValue = Address::invalid();
5710   RValue ArgPtr = CGF.EmitVAArg(VE, ArgValue);
5711 
5712   return ArgPtr.getScalarVal();
5713 }
5714 
5715 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *block) {
5716   return CGF.EmitBlockLiteral(block);
5717 }
5718 
5719 // Convert a vec3 to vec4, or vice versa.
5720 static Value *ConvertVec3AndVec4(CGBuilderTy &Builder, CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5721                                  Value *Src, unsigned NumElementsDst) {
5722   static constexpr int Mask[] = {0, 1, 2, -1};
5723   return Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Src, llvm::ArrayRef(Mask, NumElementsDst));
5724 }
5725 
5726 // Create cast instructions for converting LLVM value \p Src to LLVM type \p
5727 // DstTy. \p Src has the same size as \p DstTy. Both are single value types
5728 // but could be scalar or vectors of different lengths, and either can be
5729 // pointer.
5730 // There are 4 cases:
5731 // 1. non-pointer -> non-pointer  : needs 1 bitcast
5732 // 2. pointer -> pointer          : needs 1 bitcast or addrspacecast
5733 // 3. pointer -> non-pointer
5734 //   a) pointer -> intptr_t       : needs 1 ptrtoint
5735 //   b) pointer -> non-intptr_t   : needs 1 ptrtoint then 1 bitcast
5736 // 4. non-pointer -> pointer
5737 //   a) intptr_t -> pointer       : needs 1 inttoptr
5738 //   b) non-intptr_t -> pointer   : needs 1 bitcast then 1 inttoptr
5739 // Note: for cases 3b and 4b two casts are required since LLVM casts do not
5740 // allow casting directly between pointer types and non-integer non-pointer
5741 // types.
5742 static Value *createCastsForTypeOfSameSize(CGBuilderTy &Builder,
5743                                            const llvm::DataLayout &DL,
5744                                            Value *Src, llvm::Type *DstTy,
5745                                            StringRef Name = "") {
5746   auto SrcTy = Src->getType();
5747 
5748   // Case 1.
5749   if (!SrcTy->isPointerTy() && !DstTy->isPointerTy())
5750     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, DstTy, Name);
5751 
5752   // Case 2.
5753   if (SrcTy->isPointerTy() && DstTy->isPointerTy())
5754     return Builder.CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(Src, DstTy, Name);
5755 
5756   // Case 3.
5757   if (SrcTy->isPointerTy() && !DstTy->isPointerTy()) {
5758     // Case 3b.
5759     if (!DstTy->isIntegerTy())
5760       Src = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Src, DL.getIntPtrType(SrcTy));
5761     // Cases 3a and 3b.
5762     return Builder.CreateBitOrPointerCast(Src, DstTy, Name);
5763   }
5764 
5765   // Case 4b.
5766   if (!SrcTy->isIntegerTy())
5767     Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, DL.getIntPtrType(DstTy));
5768   // Cases 4a and 4b.
5769   return Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Src, DstTy, Name);
5770 }
5771 
5772 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *E) {
5773   Value *Src  = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getSrcExpr());
5774   llvm::Type *DstTy = ConvertType(E->getType());
5775 
5776   llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
5777   unsigned NumElementsSrc =
5778       isa<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)
5779           ? cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(SrcTy)->getNumElements()
5780           : 0;
5781   unsigned NumElementsDst =
5782       isa<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)
5783           ? cast<llvm::FixedVectorType>(DstTy)->getNumElements()
5784           : 0;
5785 
5786   // Use bit vector expansion for ext_vector_type boolean vectors.
5787   if (E->getType()->isExtVectorBoolType())
5788     return CGF.emitBoolVecConversion(Src, NumElementsDst, "astype");
5789 
5790   // Going from vec3 to non-vec3 is a special case and requires a shuffle
5791   // vector to get a vec4, then a bitcast if the target type is different.
5792   if (NumElementsSrc == 3 && NumElementsDst != 3) {
5793     Src = ConvertVec3AndVec4(Builder, CGF, Src, 4);
5794     Src = createCastsForTypeOfSameSize(Builder, CGF.CGM.getDataLayout(), Src,
5795                                        DstTy);
5796 
5797     Src->setName("astype");
5798     return Src;
5799   }
5800 
5801   // Going from non-vec3 to vec3 is a special case and requires a bitcast
5802   // to vec4 if the original type is not vec4, then a shuffle vector to
5803   // get a vec3.
5804   if (NumElementsSrc != 3 && NumElementsDst == 3) {
5805     auto *Vec4Ty = llvm::FixedVectorType::get(
5806         cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementType(), 4);
5807     Src = createCastsForTypeOfSameSize(Builder, CGF.CGM.getDataLayout(), Src,
5808                                        Vec4Ty);
5809 
5810     Src = ConvertVec3AndVec4(Builder, CGF, Src, 3);
5811     Src->setName("astype");
5812     return Src;
5813   }
5814 
5815   return createCastsForTypeOfSameSize(Builder, CGF.CGM.getDataLayout(),
5816                                       Src, DstTy, "astype");
5817 }
5818 
5819 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitAtomicExpr(AtomicExpr *E) {
5820   return CGF.EmitAtomicExpr(E).getScalarVal();
5821 }
5822 
5823 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5824 //                         Entry Point into this File
5825 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5826 
5827 /// Emit the computation of the specified expression of scalar type, ignoring
5828 /// the result.
5829 Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitScalarExpr(const Expr *E, bool IgnoreResultAssign) {
5830   assert(E && hasScalarEvaluationKind(E->getType()) &&
5831          "Invalid scalar expression to emit");
5832 
5833   return ScalarExprEmitter(*this, IgnoreResultAssign)
5834       .Visit(const_cast<Expr *>(E));
5835 }
5836 
5837 /// Emit a conversion from the specified type to the specified destination type,
5838 /// both of which are LLVM scalar types.
5839 Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitScalarConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcTy,
5840                                              QualType DstTy,
5841                                              SourceLocation Loc) {
5842   assert(hasScalarEvaluationKind(SrcTy) && hasScalarEvaluationKind(DstTy) &&
5843          "Invalid scalar expression to emit");
5844   return ScalarExprEmitter(*this).EmitScalarConversion(Src, SrcTy, DstTy, Loc);
5845 }
5846 
5847 /// Emit a conversion from the specified complex type to the specified
5848 /// destination type, where the destination type is an LLVM scalar type.
5849 Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitComplexToScalarConversion(ComplexPairTy Src,
5850                                                       QualType SrcTy,
5851                                                       QualType DstTy,
5852                                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
5853   assert(SrcTy->isAnyComplexType() && hasScalarEvaluationKind(DstTy) &&
5854          "Invalid complex -> scalar conversion");
5855   return ScalarExprEmitter(*this)
5856       .EmitComplexToScalarConversion(Src, SrcTy, DstTy, Loc);
5857 }
5858 
5859 
5860 Value *
5861 CodeGenFunction::EmitPromotedScalarExpr(const Expr *E,
5862                                         QualType PromotionType) {
5863   if (!PromotionType.isNull())
5864     return ScalarExprEmitter(*this).EmitPromoted(E, PromotionType);
5865   else
5866     return ScalarExprEmitter(*this).Visit(const_cast<Expr *>(E));
5867 }
5868 
5869 
5870 llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::
5871 EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV,
5872                         bool isInc, bool isPre) {
5873   return ScalarExprEmitter(*this).EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(E, LV, isInc, isPre);
5874 }
5875 
5876 LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCIsaExpr(const ObjCIsaExpr *E) {
5877   // object->isa or (*object).isa
5878   // Generate code as for: *(Class*)object
5879 
5880   Expr *BaseExpr = E->getBase();
5881   Address Addr = Address::invalid();
5882   if (BaseExpr->isPRValue()) {
5883     llvm::Type *BaseTy =
5884         ConvertTypeForMem(BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeType());
5885     Addr = Address(EmitScalarExpr(BaseExpr), BaseTy, getPointerAlign());
5886   } else {
5887     Addr = EmitLValue(BaseExpr).getAddress();
5888   }
5889 
5890   // Cast the address to Class*.
5891   Addr = Addr.withElementType(ConvertType(E->getType()));
5892   return MakeAddrLValue(Addr, E->getType());
5893 }
5894 
5895 
5896 LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCompoundAssignmentLValue(
5897                                             const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
5898   ApplyAtomGroup Grp(getDebugInfo());
5899   ScalarExprEmitter Scalar(*this);
5900   Value *Result = nullptr;
5901   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
5902 #define COMPOUND_OP(Op)                                                       \
5903     case BO_##Op##Assign:                                                     \
5904       return Scalar.EmitCompoundAssignLValue(E, &ScalarExprEmitter::Emit##Op, \
5905                                              Result)
5906   COMPOUND_OP(Mul);
5907   COMPOUND_OP(Div);
5908   COMPOUND_OP(Rem);
5909   COMPOUND_OP(Add);
5910   COMPOUND_OP(Sub);
5911   COMPOUND_OP(Shl);
5912   COMPOUND_OP(Shr);
5913   COMPOUND_OP(And);
5914   COMPOUND_OP(Xor);
5915   COMPOUND_OP(Or);
5916 #undef COMPOUND_OP
5917 
5918   case BO_PtrMemD:
5919   case BO_PtrMemI:
5920   case BO_Mul:
5921   case BO_Div:
5922   case BO_Rem:
5923   case BO_Add:
5924   case BO_Sub:
5925   case BO_Shl:
5926   case BO_Shr:
5927   case BO_LT:
5928   case BO_GT:
5929   case BO_LE:
5930   case BO_GE:
5931   case BO_EQ:
5932   case BO_NE:
5933   case BO_Cmp:
5934   case BO_And:
5935   case BO_Xor:
5936   case BO_Or:
5937   case BO_LAnd:
5938   case BO_LOr:
5939   case BO_Assign:
5940   case BO_Comma:
5941     llvm_unreachable("Not valid compound assignment operators");
5942   }
5943 
5944   llvm_unreachable("Unhandled compound assignment operator");
5945 }
5946 
5947 struct GEPOffsetAndOverflow {
5948   // The total (signed) byte offset for the GEP.
5949   llvm::Value *TotalOffset;
5950   // The offset overflow flag - true if the total offset overflows.
5951   llvm::Value *OffsetOverflows;
5952 };
5953 
5954 /// Evaluate given GEPVal, which is either an inbounds GEP, or a constant,
5955 /// and compute the total offset it applies from it's base pointer BasePtr.
5956 /// Returns offset in bytes and a boolean flag whether an overflow happened
5957 /// during evaluation.
5958 static GEPOffsetAndOverflow EmitGEPOffsetInBytes(Value *BasePtr, Value *GEPVal,
5959                                                  llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext,
5960                                                  CodeGenModule &CGM,
5961                                                  CGBuilderTy &Builder) {
5962   const auto &DL = CGM.getDataLayout();
5963 
5964   // The total (signed) byte offset for the GEP.
5965   llvm::Value *TotalOffset = nullptr;
5966 
5967   // Was the GEP already reduced to a constant?
5968   if (isa<llvm::Constant>(GEPVal)) {
5969     // Compute the offset by casting both pointers to integers and subtracting:
5970     // GEPVal = BasePtr + ptr(Offset) <--> Offset = int(GEPVal) - int(BasePtr)
5971     Value *BasePtr_int =
5972         Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BasePtr, DL.getIntPtrType(BasePtr->getType()));
5973     Value *GEPVal_int =
5974         Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GEPVal, DL.getIntPtrType(GEPVal->getType()));
5975     TotalOffset = Builder.CreateSub(GEPVal_int, BasePtr_int);
5976     return {TotalOffset, /*OffsetOverflows=*/Builder.getFalse()};
5977   }
5978 
5979   auto *GEP = cast<llvm::GEPOperator>(GEPVal);
5980   assert(GEP->getPointerOperand() == BasePtr &&
5981          "BasePtr must be the base of the GEP.");
5982   assert(GEP->isInBounds() && "Expected inbounds GEP");
5983 
5984   auto *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(GEP->getPointerOperandType());
5985 
5986   // Grab references to the signed add/mul overflow intrinsics for intptr_t.
5987   auto *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
5988   auto *SAddIntrinsic =
5989       CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow, IntPtrTy);
5990   auto *SMulIntrinsic =
5991       CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow, IntPtrTy);
5992 
5993   // The offset overflow flag - true if the total offset overflows.
5994   llvm::Value *OffsetOverflows = Builder.getFalse();
5995 
5996   /// Return the result of the given binary operation.
5997   auto eval = [&](BinaryOperator::Opcode Opcode, llvm::Value *LHS,
5998                   llvm::Value *RHS) -> llvm::Value * {
5999     assert((Opcode == BO_Add || Opcode == BO_Mul) && "Can't eval binop");
6000 
6001     // If the operands are constants, return a constant result.
6002     if (auto *LHSCI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(LHS)) {
6003       if (auto *RHSCI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
6004         llvm::APInt N;
6005         bool HasOverflow = mayHaveIntegerOverflow(LHSCI, RHSCI, Opcode,
6006                                                   /*Signed=*/true, N);
6007         if (HasOverflow)
6008           OffsetOverflows = Builder.getTrue();
6009         return llvm::ConstantInt::get(VMContext, N);
6010       }
6011     }
6012 
6013     // Otherwise, compute the result with checked arithmetic.
6014     auto *ResultAndOverflow = Builder.CreateCall(
6015         (Opcode == BO_Add) ? SAddIntrinsic : SMulIntrinsic, {LHS, RHS});
6016     OffsetOverflows = Builder.CreateOr(
6017         Builder.CreateExtractValue(ResultAndOverflow, 1), OffsetOverflows);
6018     return Builder.CreateExtractValue(ResultAndOverflow, 0);
6019   };
6020 
6021   // Determine the total byte offset by looking at each GEP operand.
6022   for (auto GTI = llvm::gep_type_begin(GEP), GTE = llvm::gep_type_end(GEP);
6023        GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
6024     llvm::Value *LocalOffset;
6025     auto *Index = GTI.getOperand();
6026     // Compute the local offset contributed by this indexing step:
6027     if (auto *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
6028       // For struct indexing, the local offset is the byte position of the
6029       // specified field.
6030       unsigned FieldNo = cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue();
6031       LocalOffset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(
6032           IntPtrTy, DL.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
6033     } else {
6034       // Otherwise this is array-like indexing. The local offset is the index
6035       // multiplied by the element size.
6036       auto *ElementSize =
6037           llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, GTI.getSequentialElementStride(DL));
6038       auto *IndexS = Builder.CreateIntCast(Index, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true);
6039       LocalOffset = eval(BO_Mul, ElementSize, IndexS);
6040     }
6041 
6042     // If this is the first offset, set it as the total offset. Otherwise, add
6043     // the local offset into the running total.
6044     if (!TotalOffset || TotalOffset == Zero)
6045       TotalOffset = LocalOffset;
6046     else
6047       TotalOffset = eval(BO_Add, TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
6048   }
6049 
6050   return {TotalOffset, OffsetOverflows};
6051 }
6052 
6053 Value *
6054 CodeGenFunction::EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(llvm::Type *ElemTy, Value *Ptr,
6055                                         ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList,
6056                                         bool SignedIndices, bool IsSubtraction,
6057                                         SourceLocation Loc, const Twine &Name) {
6058   llvm::Type *PtrTy = Ptr->getType();
6059 
6060   llvm::GEPNoWrapFlags NWFlags = llvm::GEPNoWrapFlags::inBounds();
6061   if (!SignedIndices && !IsSubtraction)
6062     NWFlags |= llvm::GEPNoWrapFlags::noUnsignedWrap();
6063 
6064   Value *GEPVal = Builder.CreateGEP(ElemTy, Ptr, IdxList, Name, NWFlags);
6065 
6066   // If the pointer overflow sanitizer isn't enabled, do nothing.
6067   if (!SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::PointerOverflow))
6068     return GEPVal;
6069 
6070   // Perform nullptr-and-offset check unless the nullptr is defined.
6071   bool PerformNullCheck = !NullPointerIsDefined(
6072       Builder.GetInsertBlock()->getParent(), PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace());
6073   // Check for overflows unless the GEP got constant-folded,
6074   // and only in the default address space
6075   bool PerformOverflowCheck =
6076       !isa<llvm::Constant>(GEPVal) && PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0;
6077 
6078   if (!(PerformNullCheck || PerformOverflowCheck))
6079     return GEPVal;
6080 
6081   const auto &DL = CGM.getDataLayout();
6082 
6083   auto CheckOrdinal = SanitizerKind::SO_PointerOverflow;
6084   auto CheckHandler = SanitizerHandler::PointerOverflow;
6085   SanitizerDebugLocation SanScope(this, {CheckOrdinal}, CheckHandler);
6086   llvm::Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(PtrTy);
6087 
6088   GEPOffsetAndOverflow EvaluatedGEP =
6089       EmitGEPOffsetInBytes(Ptr, GEPVal, getLLVMContext(), CGM, Builder);
6090 
6091   assert((!isa<llvm::Constant>(EvaluatedGEP.TotalOffset) ||
6092           EvaluatedGEP.OffsetOverflows == Builder.getFalse()) &&
6093          "If the offset got constant-folded, we don't expect that there was an "
6094          "overflow.");
6095 
6096   auto *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
6097 
6098   // Common case: if the total offset is zero, don't emit a check.
6099   if (EvaluatedGEP.TotalOffset == Zero)
6100     return GEPVal;
6101 
6102   // Now that we've computed the total offset, add it to the base pointer (with
6103   // wrapping semantics).
6104   auto *IntPtr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Ptr, IntPtrTy);
6105   auto *ComputedGEP = Builder.CreateAdd(IntPtr, EvaluatedGEP.TotalOffset);
6106 
6107   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>,
6108                     2>
6109       Checks;
6110 
6111   if (PerformNullCheck) {
6112     // If the base pointer evaluates to a null pointer value,
6113     // the only valid  pointer this inbounds GEP can produce is also
6114     // a null pointer, so the offset must also evaluate to zero.
6115     // Likewise, if we have non-zero base pointer, we can not get null pointer
6116     // as a result, so the offset can not be -intptr_t(BasePtr).
6117     // In other words, both pointers are either null, or both are non-null,
6118     // or the behaviour is undefined.
6119     auto *BaseIsNotNullptr = Builder.CreateIsNotNull(Ptr);
6120     auto *ResultIsNotNullptr = Builder.CreateIsNotNull(ComputedGEP);
6121     auto *Valid = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(BaseIsNotNullptr, ResultIsNotNullptr);
6122     Checks.emplace_back(Valid, CheckOrdinal);
6123   }
6124 
6125   if (PerformOverflowCheck) {
6126     // The GEP is valid if:
6127     // 1) The total offset doesn't overflow, and
6128     // 2) The sign of the difference between the computed address and the base
6129     // pointer matches the sign of the total offset.
6130     llvm::Value *ValidGEP;
6131     auto *NoOffsetOverflow = Builder.CreateNot(EvaluatedGEP.OffsetOverflows);
6132     if (SignedIndices) {
6133       // GEP is computed as `unsigned base + signed offset`, therefore:
6134       // * If offset was positive, then the computed pointer can not be
6135       //   [unsigned] less than the base pointer, unless it overflowed.
6136       // * If offset was negative, then the computed pointer can not be
6137       //   [unsigned] greater than the bas pointere, unless it overflowed.
6138       auto *PosOrZeroValid = Builder.CreateICmpUGE(ComputedGEP, IntPtr);
6139       auto *PosOrZeroOffset =
6140           Builder.CreateICmpSGE(EvaluatedGEP.TotalOffset, Zero);
6141       llvm::Value *NegValid = Builder.CreateICmpULT(ComputedGEP, IntPtr);
6142       ValidGEP =
6143           Builder.CreateSelect(PosOrZeroOffset, PosOrZeroValid, NegValid);
6144     } else if (!IsSubtraction) {
6145       // GEP is computed as `unsigned base + unsigned offset`,  therefore the
6146       // computed pointer can not be [unsigned] less than base pointer,
6147       // unless there was an overflow.
6148       // Equivalent to `@llvm.uadd.with.overflow(%base, %offset)`.
6149       ValidGEP = Builder.CreateICmpUGE(ComputedGEP, IntPtr);
6150     } else {
6151       // GEP is computed as `unsigned base - unsigned offset`, therefore the
6152       // computed pointer can not be [unsigned] greater than base pointer,
6153       // unless there was an overflow.
6154       // Equivalent to `@llvm.usub.with.overflow(%base, sub(0, %offset))`.
6155       ValidGEP = Builder.CreateICmpULE(ComputedGEP, IntPtr);
6156     }
6157     ValidGEP = Builder.CreateAnd(ValidGEP, NoOffsetOverflow);
6158     Checks.emplace_back(ValidGEP, CheckOrdinal);
6159   }
6160 
6161   assert(!Checks.empty() && "Should have produced some checks.");
6162 
6163   llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc)};
6164   // Pass the computed GEP to the runtime to avoid emitting poisoned arguments.
6165   llvm::Value *DynamicArgs[] = {IntPtr, ComputedGEP};
6166   EmitCheck(Checks, CheckHandler, StaticArgs, DynamicArgs);
6167 
6168   return GEPVal;
6169 }
6170 
6171 Address CodeGenFunction::EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(
6172     Address Addr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, llvm::Type *elementType,
6173     bool SignedIndices, bool IsSubtraction, SourceLocation Loc, CharUnits Align,
6174     const Twine &Name) {
6175   if (!SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::PointerOverflow)) {
6176     llvm::GEPNoWrapFlags NWFlags = llvm::GEPNoWrapFlags::inBounds();
6177     if (!SignedIndices && !IsSubtraction)
6178       NWFlags |= llvm::GEPNoWrapFlags::noUnsignedWrap();
6179 
6180     return Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, IdxList, elementType, Align, Name, NWFlags);
6181   }
6182 
6183   return RawAddress(
6184       EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(Addr.getElementType(), Addr.emitRawPointer(*this),
6185                              IdxList, SignedIndices, IsSubtraction, Loc, Name),
6186       elementType, Align);
6187 }
6188